Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

all my relations came

1 all at once

1) вдруг, сразу, неожиданно; см. тж. at once

Undershaft: "...you can't become prime minister all at once." (B. Shaw, ‘Major Barbara’, act III) — Андершафт: "...нельзя же сразу стать премьер-министром."

All at once the first houses of the town came into view, and Clementine felt the excitement... (E. Caldwell, ‘Certain Women’, ‘Clementine’) — Как-то вдруг появились первые городские строения, и Клементина заволновалась...

2) одновременно, в одно и то же время

He is a planner, supervisor, and public-relations man all at once. (RHD) — Он и проектировщик, и руководитель работ, и одновременно в интересах фирмы осуществляет связь с общественностью.

Large English-Russian phrasebook > all at once
2 relation

noun

1) (a person who belongs to the same family as oneself either by birth or because of marriage: uncles, aunts, cousins and other relations.) pariente

2) (a relationship (between facts, events etc).) relación

3) ((in plural) contact and communications between people, countries etc: to establish friendly relations.) relación

relation n pariente / familiar

she has a big family with lots of relations tiene una gran familia con muchos parientes

relation

tr[rɪ'leɪʃən]

noun

1 (connection) relación nombre femenino

2 (family) pariente nombre masulino o femenino

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

in relation to con relación a

to bear no relation to no guardar ninguna relación con

relation [ri'leɪʃən] n

1) narration: relato m, narración f

2) relative: pariente mf, familiar mf

3) relationship: relación f

in relation to: en relación con, con relación a

4) relations npl

: relaciones fpl

public relations: relaciones públicas

relation

n.

• conexión s.f.

• deudo s.m.

• medida s.f.

• pariente s.m.,f.

• relación s.f.

• relato s.m.

• respecto s.m.

rɪ'leɪʃən
noun

1) c ( relative) pariente mf, pariente, -ta m,f, familiar m

pictured are John Hull and James Hull (no relation) — en la fotografía aparecen John Hull y James Hull, quienes no están emparentados

what relation is she to you? — ¿qué parentesco tiene contigo?, ¿a ti qué te toca? (Esp fam)

2)

a) u c ( connection) relación f

to bear no relation to something — no guardar ninguna relación con algo

b)

in relation to — (as prep) en relación con, con relación a

3) relations pl relaciones fpl

to establish/break off/restore relations (with somebody/something) — establecer*/romper*/restablecer* relaciones (con alguien/algo)

to have sexual relations with somebody — tener* relaciones sexuales con alguien

[rɪ'leɪʃǝn]
N
1) (=relationship) relación f (to, with con)

the relation between A and B — la relación entre A y B

• to bear little/no relation to sth — tener poco/no tener nada que ver con algo

it bears no relation to the facts — no tiene que ver con los hechos

to bear a certain relation to... — guardar cierta relación con...

• to have little/no relation to sth — tener poco/no tener nada que ver con algo

the story has little relation to historical fact — la versión tiene poco que ver con los hechos históricos

• in relation to — (=compared to) en relación con, con relación a; (=in connection with) en lo que se refiere a

Proust in relation to the French novel — Proust en relación con la novela francesa

doubts that parents may have in relation to their children's education — dudas que los padres pudieran tener en lo que se refiere a la educación de sus hijos

2) (=relative) pariente mf, familiar mf

friends and relations — amigos mpl y familiares mpl

all my relations came — vinieron todos mis parientes, vino toda mi familia

• close relation — pariente mf cercano(-a)

this grape is a close relation to the Gamay — esta uva es de la misma familia que la uva Gamay

• distant relation — pariente mf lejano(-a)

• she's no relation — no es parienta mía

• what relation is she to you? — ¿qué parentesco tiene contigo?
blood 2., poor 1., 1)
3) (=contact)
relations relaciones fpl
good relations — buenas relaciones fpl

relations are rather strained — las relaciones están algo tirantes

• to break off relations with sb — romper (relaciones) con algn

we have broken off relations with Ruritania — hemos roto las relaciones con Ruritania

• we have business relations with them — tenemos relaciones comerciales con ellos

• diplomatic relations — relaciones fpl diplomáticas

• to enter into relations with sb — establecer relaciones con algn

• to establish relations with sb — establecer relaciones con algn

• international relations — relaciones fpl internacionales

• to have sexual relations with sb — tener relaciones sexuales con algn
industrial, public 3., race II, 1.
4) (=narration) relato m, relación f, narración f

* * *
[rɪ'leɪʃən]
noun

1) c ( relative) pariente mf, pariente, -ta m,f, familiar m

pictured are John Hull and James Hull (no relation) — en la fotografía aparecen John Hull y James Hull, quienes no están emparentados

what relation is she to you? — ¿qué parentesco tiene contigo?, ¿a ti qué te toca? (Esp fam)

2)

a) u c ( connection) relación f

to bear no relation to something — no guardar ninguna relación con algo

b)

in relation to — (as prep) en relación con, con relación a

3) relations pl relaciones fpl

to establish/break off/restore relations (with somebody/something) — establecer*/romper*/restablecer* relaciones (con alguien/algo)

to have sexual relations with somebody — tener* relaciones sexuales con alguien

English-spanish dictionary > relation
3 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
4 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
5 BERA

tote

* * *

I)

(ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.

I.

1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);

bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;

bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;

bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;

2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);

bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;

3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);

4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;

kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;

absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;

the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;

verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;

þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;

borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;

Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;

borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;

5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;

bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;

bera e-n málum, to bear one down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit;

bera e-n sök, to charge one with a fault;

bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;

verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;

borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;

þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;

borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;

6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);

þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;

fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);

of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);

absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;

similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;

bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;

hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?

hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;

bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;

7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);

bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);

bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;

bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;

bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;

bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;

bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;

bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;

bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;

bera e-m vel (illa) söguna, to give a favourable (unfavourable) account of one;

refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);

8) to set forth, report, tell;

bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);

bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;

bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;

bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;

bera upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle;

bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;

bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;

eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;

9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);

bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);

bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;

vel viti borinn, endowed with a good understanding;

bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;

bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;

bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;

10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);

bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;

hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;

bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;

bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;

bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;

bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;

11) with preps.:

bera af e-m, to surpass;

en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;

bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;

bera eld at, to set fire to;

bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;

bera vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons;

bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);

bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);

bera e-t um, to wind round;

þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;

bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;

bera út barn, to expose a child;

12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);

láta af berast, to die;

láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);

berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);

at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;

berast vápn á, to attack one another;

berast at or til, to happen;

þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;

ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;

berast í móti, to happen, occur;

hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;

berast við, to be prevented;

ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;

II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;

1) with acc., it bears or carries one to a place;

alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);

bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;

esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;

þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;

Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;

ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;

e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;

hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);

2) followed by preps.:

Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;

hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;

e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;

Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;

e-t berr á milli, comes between;

leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;

fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;

mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;

veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;

e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;

bera saman, to coincide;

bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;

fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;

fund várn bar saman, we met;

3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;

svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;

þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;

bar honum svá til, it so befell him;

þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;

raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;

4) of time, to fall upon;

ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;

bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;

5) denoting cause;

e-t berr til, causes a thing;

konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;

ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;

berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;

6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;

hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;

e-t berr frá, is surpassing;

er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;

7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;

e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;

8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;

e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);

used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).

II)

(að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).

III)

f. she-bear, = birna.

* * *

1.

u, f.

I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.

II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.

2.

bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].

A. Lat. ferre, portare:

I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.

2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.

3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.

II. without a sense of motion:

1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.

β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.

2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:

α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.

β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.

3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:

α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.

β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.

III. in law terms or modes of procedure:

1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)

2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.

β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.

B. Various and metaph. cases.

I. denoting motion:

1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.

β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.

2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.

II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.

2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.

III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.

IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.

β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.

γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.

C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:

I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.

β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.

γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.

2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.

II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.

2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.

3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.

4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.

β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.

γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.

5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.

β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.

III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.

IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.

D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA
6 to

1. tə,tu preposition
1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) a, hacia

2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) a, hasta

3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) hasta

4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) con, a

5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) a, para

6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) en

7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) a

8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) en; para

9) (tə used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) para

10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) (hacerlo)

2. tu: adverb
1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) hasta cerrar

2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) a

•

- to and fro

to prep

1. a

we are going to the coast nos vamos a la costa

we got to the airport at six llegamos al aeropuerto a las seis

she sent a postcard to her boyfriend envió una postal a su novio

give it to me dámelo a mí

he ran to school fue al colegio corriendo

2. a / hasta

she works from nine to five trabaja de nueve a cinco / trabaja desde las nueve hasta las cinco

3. menos

it's five to seven son las siete menos cinco

4. para

he rang to say hello llamó para saludarme

to

tr[tʊ, ʊnstressed tə]

preposition

1 (with place) a

■ we're going to a concert vamos a un concierto

■ did you go to the bank? ¿fuiste al banco?

■ he was taken to the police station lo llevaron a la comisaría

■ I have been to lots of countries he estado en muchos países

■ I saw her on the way to the airport la vi camino del aeropuerto

■ they travelled from town to town viajaron de ciudad en ciudad

■ A is to the north/south/east/west of B A está al norte/sur/este/oeste de B

■ it's twenty miles to York York está a veinte millas de aquí

2 (towards) hacia

■ the Labour party has moved to the right el partido laborista se ha desplazado hacia la derecha

■ it's further to the north está más hacia el norte

■ he sat with his back to her se sentó de espaldas a ella

3 (as far as, until) a, hasta

■ from beginning to end desde el principio hasta el final

■ she can count up to 10 sabe contar hasta 10

■ from Monday to Friday de lunes a viernes

■ we work from 9 to 5 trabajamos de 9 a 5

■ her hair reaches down to her waist el pelo le llega hasta la cintura

■ I like all music, from Abba to ZZTop me gusta toda la música, desde Abba hasta ZZTop

■ it's accurate to within one second tiene un margen de error de menos de un segundo

4 (of time) menos

■ it's ten to two son las dos menos diez

■ it's nearly twenty to son casi menos veinte

■ a quarter to eight las ocho menos cuarto

■ there are only two weeks to Christmas faltan sólo dos semanas para Navidad

5 (with indirect object) a

■ I showed the letter to my mother le enseñé la carta a mi madre

■ she lent the book to her friend le dejó el libro a su amiga

■ I gave it to him se lo di a él

6 (for) de

■ the key to the safe la llave de la caja fuerte

■ he's secretary to the board es secretario del consejo de administración

■ what's the answer to question 4? ¿cuál es la respuesta a la pregunta número 4?

■ heir to the throne heredero al trono

7 (attitude, behaviour) con, para con

■ you've been very kind to us has sido muy amable con nosotros

■ be nice to her pórtate bien con ella

■ he was so rude to me se mostró muy grosero conmigo

8 (in honour of) a

■ we drink to his health brindamos a su salud

■ a monument to Churchill un monumento a Churchill

9 (touching) a, contra

■ he put his ear to the wall puso la oreja contra la pared

■ she clutched her bag to her chest se estrechó el bolso contra el pecho

10 (accompanied by) acompañado,-a de

■ we danced to the music bailamos al compás de la música

■ he left to loud shouts of disapproval se marchó entre gritos de desaprobación

11 (causing something) para

■ to my surprise, it was empty para mi sorpresa, estaba vacío

12 (as seen by) por lo que respecta

■ to a foreigner, it must seem awful para un extranjero, debe parecer terrible

■ to some people he was a hero, to others a traitor para algunos era un héroe, para otros era un traidor

13 (indicating comparison) a

■ I prefer tea to coffee prefiero el té al café

■ that's nothing to what I heard eso no es nada comparado con lo que he oído

14 (ratio) a

■ they won by fourteen points to ten ganaron por catorce puntos a diez

■ we lost by three goals to two perdimos por tres a dos

■ the odds are 50 to 1 las posibilidades son 50 contra 1

15 (per, equivalent) a, en

■ there are 100 pence to the pound hay 100 peniques en una libra

■ how much does your car do to the gallon? ≈ ¿cuánto gasta tu coche a los cien kilómetros?

16 (according to) según

■ to my way of thinking a mi modo de entender

■ is it to your taste? ¿es de su agrado?

■ I did it to the best of my ability lo hice lo mejor posible

■ contrary to all appearances en contra de todos los indicios

17 (result) a

■ wait until the light turns to green espera hasta que la luz cambie a verde

■ she was reduced to tears se deshizo en lágrimas

■ the party's rapid rise to power la rápida subida al poder del partido

■ he smashed it to pieces lo hizo pedazos

18 (in order to) para, a fin de

■ I worked overtime to earn some extra money hice horas extras para ganar más dinero

19 (used as object of many verbs)

■ she wants you to go away quiere que te vayas

20 (substituting infinitive)

■ would you like to dance? --I'd love to ¿te gustaría bailar? --me encantaría

■ she didn't want to go, but she had to no quería ir, pero no le quedaba más remedio

adverb

1 (of door) ajustada

■ push the door to ajusta la puerta

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to and fro vaivén, ir y venir Table 1SMALLNOTA/SMALL Cuando se usa con la raíz del verbo para formar el infinitivo no se traduce/Table 1 ■ I want to help you quiero ayudarte

■ he tried to sell his car intentó vender su coche

to ['tu:] adv

1) : a un estado consciente

to come to: volver en sí

2)

to and fro : de aquí para allá, de un lado para otro

to prep

1) (indicating a place) : a

to go to the doctor: ir al médico

I'm going to John's: voy a la casa de John

2) toward: a, hacia

two miles to the south: dos millas hacia el sur

3) on: en, sobre

apply salve to the wound: póngale ungüento a la herida

4) up to: hasta, a

to a degree: hasta cierto grado

from head to toe: de pies a cabeza

5) (in expressions of time)

it's quarter to seven: son las siete menos cuarto

6) until: a, hasta

from May to December: de mayo a diciembre

7) (indicating belonging or possession) : de, a

the key to the lock: la llave del candado

8) (indicating response) : a

dancing to the rhythm: bailando al compás

9) (indicating comparison or proportion) : a

it's similar to mine: es parecido al mío

they won 4 to 2: ganaron 4 a 2

10) (indicating agreement or conformity) : a, de acuerdo con

made to order: hecho a la orden

to my knowledge: a mi saber

11) (indicating inclusion) : en cada, por

twenty to the box: veinte por caja

12) (used to form the infinitive)

to understand: entender

to go away: irse

I tuː, weak form tə
preposition

1)

a) ( indicating destination) a

we're going to Paris — vamos a París

I'll drive you to the station — te llevo a la estación

we went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)

you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda

b) ( indicating direction) hacia

move a little to the right — córrete un poco hacia la derecha

he turned to me — se volvió hacia mí

it's pointing to the east — señala al Este

c) ( indicating position) a

to the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo

a mile to the south of Milton — una milla al sur de Milton

2) (against, onto)

she clasped him to her — lo estrechó contra ella

they stuck the poster to the wall — pegaron el cartel en la pared

3)

a) ( as far as) hasta

she can count (up) to 100 now — ya sabe contar hasta 100

to a certain extent — hasta cierto punto

a year ago to the day — hace exactamente un año

b) ( until) hasta

I can't stay to the end — no puedo quedarme hasta el final

c) ( indicating range)

there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)

4)

a) ( showing indirect object)

who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?

give it to me — dámelo

what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?

I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane

I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo

to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe

he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo

b) (in toasts, dedications)

here's to Toby — brindemos por Toby

here's to a Happy New Year — Feliz Año Nuevo!

best wishes to you both — los mejores deseos para ambos

to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane

5) (indicating proportion, relation)

how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?

600 pesos to the US dollar — 600 pesos por dólar

it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros

Barcelona won by two goals to one — Barcelona ganó por dos (goles) a uno

there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...

that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después

6) ( concerning)

what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?

that's all there is to it — eso es todo

there's nothing to it — es muy simple or sencillo

7)

a) ( in accordance with)

to all appearances — según parece

they are not to my taste — no son de mi gusto

b) ( producing)

to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...

c) ( indicating purpose)

to this end — con este fin

8) ( indicating belonging) de

the key to the front door — la llave de la puerta principal

the solution to the problem — la solución al or del problema

it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien

9) ( telling time) (BrE)

ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)

10) ( accompanied by)

we danced to the music — bailamos al compás de la música

they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'

II tə
(in infinitives)

1)

a)

to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir

I want to dance — quiero bailar

I want them to dance — quiero que bailen

b) ( in order to) para

I do it to save money — lo hago para ahorrar dinero

c) ( indicating result)

he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido

I walked 5 miles only to be told they weren't home — caminé 5 millas para que me dijeran que no estaban en casa

d) ( without vb)

I'd love to! — me encantaría!

he doesn't want to — no quiere

2) (after adj or n)

it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer

you're too young to drink wine — eres demasiado joven para beber vino

she was the first to arrive — fue la primera en llegar

it's nothing to worry about — no hay por qué preocuparse

she has a lot to do — tiene mucho que hacer

III tuː
adverb ( shut)

I pulled the door to — cerré la puerta

[tʊ, tuː, tǝ]
1. PREPOSITION
When to is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg set to, heave to, look up the phrasal verb. When to is part of a set combination, eg nice to, to my mind, to all appearances, appeal to, look up the other word.
1) (destination) a
Note: a + el = al

it's 90 kilometres to Lima — de aquí a Lima hay 90 kilómetros, hay 90 kilómetros a Lima

a letter to his wife — una carta a su mujer

he fell to the floor — cayó al suelo

to go to Paris/Spain — ir a París/España

to go to Peru — ir al Perú

to go to school/university — ir al colegio/a la Universidad

to go to the doctor's — ir al médico

I liked the exhibition, I went to it twice — me gustó la exposición, fui a verla dos veces

we're going to John's/my parents' for Christmas — vamos a casa de John/mis padres por Navidad

• have you ever been to India? — ¿has estado alguna vez en la India?

• flights to Heathrow — vuelos a or con destino a Heathrow

• the road to Edinburgh — la carretera de Edimburgo
church 1., 2)
2) (=towards) hacia

he walked slowly to the door — caminó despacio hacia la puerta

he turned to me — se giró hacia mí

move it to the left/right — muévelo hacia la izquierda/derecha

3) (=as far as) hasta

from here to London — de aquí a or hasta Londres

I'll see you to the door — te acompaño hasta la puerta

4) (=up to) hasta

to count to ten — contar hasta diez

it's accurate to (within) a millimetre — es exacto hasta el milímetro

to some extent — hasta cierto punto, en cierta medida

we are expecting 40 to 50 people — esperamos entre 40 y 50 personas

• to this day I still don't know what he meant — aún hoy no sé lo que quiso decir

eight years ago to the day — hoy hace exactamente ocho años

• he didn't stay to the end — no se quedó hasta el final

• from Monday to Friday — de lunes a viernes

from morning to night — de la mañana a la noche, desde la mañana hasta la noche

• funds to the value of... — fondos por valor de...
decimal 1.
5) (=located at) a

the door is to the left (of the window) — la puerta está a la izquierda (de la ventana)

the airport is to the west of the city — el aeropuerto está al oeste de la ciudad

6) (=against) contra

he stood with his back to the wall — estaba con la espalda contra la pared

he clasped her to him — la estrechó contra sí

to turn a picture to the wall — volver un cuadro mirando a la pared

7) (when telling time)

it's a quarter to three — son las tres menos cuarto, es or (LAm) falta un cuarto para las tres

at eight minutes to ten — a las diez menos ocho

8) (introducing indirect object) a

to give sth to sb — dar algo a algn

I gave it to my friend — se lo di a mi amigo

the man I sold it to or frm to whom I sold it — el hombre a quien se lo vendí

it belongs to me — me pertenece (a mí), es mío

they were kind to me — fueron amables conmigo

it's new to me — es nuevo para mí

what is that to me? — ¿y a mí qué me importa eso?

"that's strange," I said to myself — -es raro -me dije para mis adentros

9) (in dedications, greetings)

greetings to all our friends! — ¡saludos a todos los amigos!

welcome to you all! — ¡bienvenidos todos!

"to P.R. Lilly" — (in book) "para P.R. Lilly"

here's to you! — ¡va por ti!, ¡por ti!

a monument to the fallen — un monumento a los caídos, un monumento en honor a los caídos

10) (in ratios, proportions) por

there were three men to a cell — había tres hombres por celda

it does 30 miles to the gallon — hace 30 millas por galón

eight apples to the kilo — ocho manzanas por kilo

there are about five pesos to the dollar — son unos cinco pesos por dólar

a scale of 1 centimetre to 1 kilometre — una escala de 1 centímetro por kilómetro

200 people to the square mile — 200 personas por milla cuadrada

the odds are 8 to 1 — las probabilidades son de 8 a 1

the odds against it happening are a million to one — las probabilidades de que eso ocurra son una entre un millón

by a majority of 12 to 10 — por una mayoría de 12 a 10

they won by four goals to two — ganaron por cuatro goles a dos

three to the fourth, three to the power of four — (Math) tres a la cuarta potencia

11) (in comparisons) a

superior to the others — superior a los demás

A is to B as C is to D — A es a B como C es a D

that's nothing to what is to come — eso no es nada en comparación con lo que está por venir

12) (=about, concerning)

what do you say to that? — ¿qué te parece (eso)?

what would you say to a beer? — ¿te parece que tomemos una cerveza?

"to repairing pipes:..." — (on bill) "reparación de las cañerías:..."

13) (=according to) según

to my way of thinking — a mi modo de ver, según mi modo de pensar

14) (=to the accompaniment of)

we danced to the music of the band — bailamos con la música de la orquesta

they came out to the strains of the national anthem — salieron a los compases del himno nacional

it is sung to the tune of "Tipperary" — se canta con la melodía de "Tipperary"

15) (=of, for) de

the key to the front door — la llave de la puerta principal

assistant to the manager — asistente del gerente

he was a good father to the children — fue un buen padre para sus hijos

it offers a solution to your problem — te ofrece una solución para el problema

we've found the solution to the problem — hemos encontrado solución al problema

the British ambassador to Moscow — el embajador británico en Moscú

he has been a good friend to us — ha sido un buen amigo para nosotros

16) (with gerund/noun)

• to look forward to doing sth — tener muchas ganas de hacer algo

I'm really looking forward to the holidays — estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones

• to prefer painting to drawing — preferir pintar a dibujar

• to be used to (doing) sth — estar acostumbrado a (hacer) algo

17) (in set expressions)

• to this end — a or con este fin

• to my enormous shame I did nothing — para gran vergüenza mía, no hice nada

• to my great surprise — con gran sorpresa por mi parte, para gran sorpresa mía

2. INFINITIVE PARTICLE

1) (infinitive)

to come — venir

to sing — cantar

to work — trabajar

2) (following another verb)

a)
A preposition may be required with the Spanish infinitive, depending on what precedes it: look up the verb.
• she refused to listen — se negó a escuchar

• to start to cry — empezar or ponerse a llorar

• to try to do sth — tratar de hacer algo, intentar hacer algo

• to want to do sth — querer hacer algo

b) (object as subject of following infinitive)

• I'd advise you to think this over — te aconsejaría que te pensaras bien esto

• he'd like me to give up work — le gustaría que dejase de trabajar

• we'd prefer him to go to university — preferiríamos que fuese a la universidad

• I want you to do it — quiero que lo hagas

c)

I have things to do — tengo cosas que hacer

he has a lot to lose — tiene mucho que perder

there was no one for me to ask, there wasn't anyone for me to ask — no había nadie a quien yo pudiese preguntar

he's not the sort or type to do that — no es de los que hacen eso

• that book is still to be written — ese libro está todavía por escribir

• now is the time to do it — ahora es el momento de hacerlo

• and who is he to criticize? — ¿y quién es él para criticar?

3) (purpose, result) para

he did it to help you — lo hizo para ayudarte

I have done nothing to deserve this — no he hecho nada para merecer esto

it disappeared, never to be seen again — desapareció para siempre

I arrived to find she had gone — cuando llegué me encontré con que se había ido

he came to see you — vino a verte

he's gone to get the paper — ha ido a por el periódico

4) (standing in for verb)
The particle to is not translated when it stands for the infinitive:
we didn't want to sell it but we had to — no queríamos venderlo pero tuvimos que hacerlo or no hubo más remedio

"would you like to come to dinner?" - "I'd love to!" — -¿te gustaría venir a cenar? -¡me encantaría!

you may not want to do it but you ought to for the sake of your education — tal vez no quieres hacerlo pero deberías en aras de tu educación

I don't want to — no quiero

I forgot to — se me olvidó

5) (after adjective)
For combinations like difficult/easy/foolish/ ready/ slow to etc, look up the adjective.
it is very expensive to live in London — resulta muy caro vivir en Londres

it's hard to describe the feeling — es difícil describir la sensación

these dogs are hard to control — estos perros son difíciles de controlar

the first/last to go — el primero/último en irse

he's young to be a grandfather — es joven para ser abuelo

See:

EASY, DIFFICULT, IMPOSSIBLE in easy

6) (in exclamations)

and then to be let down like that! — ¡y para que luego te decepcionen así!

and to think he didn't mean a word of it! — ¡y pensar que nada de lo que dijo era de verdad!

7)

to see him now one would never think that... — al verlo or viéndolo ahora nadie creería que...

3.

ADVERB

to pull the door to — tirar de la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta tirando

to push the door to — empujar la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta empujando

* * *

I [tuː], weak form [tə]
preposition

1)

a) ( indicating destination) a

we're going to Paris — vamos a París

I'll drive you to the station — te llevo a la estación

we went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)

you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda

b) ( indicating direction) hacia

move a little to the right — córrete un poco hacia la derecha

he turned to me — se volvió hacia mí

it's pointing to the east — señala al Este

c) ( indicating position) a

to the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo

a mile to the south of Milton — una milla al sur de Milton

2) (against, onto)

she clasped him to her — lo estrechó contra ella

they stuck the poster to the wall — pegaron el cartel en la pared

3)

a) ( as far as) hasta

she can count (up) to 100 now — ya sabe contar hasta 100

to a certain extent — hasta cierto punto

a year ago to the day — hace exactamente un año

b) ( until) hasta

I can't stay to the end — no puedo quedarme hasta el final

c) ( indicating range)

there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)

4)

a) ( showing indirect object)

who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?

give it to me — dámelo

what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?

I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane

I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo

to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe

he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo

b) (in toasts, dedications)

here's to Toby — brindemos por Toby

here's to a Happy New Year — Feliz Año Nuevo!

best wishes to you both — los mejores deseos para ambos

to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane

5) (indicating proportion, relation)

how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?

600 pesos to the US dollar — 600 pesos por dólar

it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros

Barcelona won by two goals to one — Barcelona ganó por dos (goles) a uno

there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...

that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después

6) ( concerning)

what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?

that's all there is to it — eso es todo

there's nothing to it — es muy simple or sencillo

7)

a) ( in accordance with)

to all appearances — según parece

they are not to my taste — no son de mi gusto

b) ( producing)

to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...

c) ( indicating purpose)

to this end — con este fin

8) ( indicating belonging) de

the key to the front door — la llave de la puerta principal

the solution to the problem — la solución al or del problema

it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien

9) ( telling time) (BrE)

ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)

10) ( accompanied by)

we danced to the music — bailamos al compás de la música

they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'

II [tə]
(in infinitives)

1)

a)

to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir

I want to dance — quiero bailar

I want them to dance — quiero que bailen

b) ( in order to) para

I do it to save money — lo hago para ahorrar dinero

c) ( indicating result)

he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido

I walked 5 miles only to be told they weren't home — caminé 5 millas para que me dijeran que no estaban en casa

d) ( without vb)

I'd love to! — me encantaría!

he doesn't want to — no quiere

2) (after adj or n)

it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer

you're too young to drink wine — eres demasiado joven para beber vino

she was the first to arrive — fue la primera en llegar

it's nothing to worry about — no hay por qué preocuparse

she has a lot to do — tiene mucho que hacer

III [tuː]
adverb ( shut)

I pulled the door to — cerré la puerta

English-spanish dictionary > to
7 Catholic church

   The Catholic Church and the Catholic religion together represent the oldest and most enduring of all Portuguese institutions. Because its origins as an institution go back at least to the middle of the third century, if not earlier, the Christian and later the Catholic Church is much older than any other Portuguese institution or major cultural influence, including the monarchy (lasting 770 years) or Islam (540 years). Indeed, it is older than Portugal (869 years) itself. The Church, despite its changing doctrine and form, dates to the period when Roman Lusitania was Christianized.

   In its earlier period, the Church played an important role in the creation of an independent Portuguese monarchy, as well as in the colonization and settlement of various regions of the shifting Christian-Muslim frontier as it moved south. Until the rise of absolutist monarchy and central government, the Church dominated all public and private life and provided the only education available, along with the only hospitals and charity institutions. During the Middle Ages and the early stage of the overseas empire, the Church accumulated a great deal of wealth. One historian suggests that, by 1700, one-third of the land in Portugal was owned by the Church. Besides land, Catholic institutions possessed a large number of chapels, churches and cathedrals, capital, and other property.

   Extensive periods of Portuguese history witnessed either conflict or cooperation between the Church as the monarchy increasingly sought to gain direct control of the realm. The monarchy challenged the great power and wealth of the Church, especially after the acquisition of the first overseas empire (1415-1580). When King João III requested the pope to allow Portugal to establish the Inquisition (Holy Office) in the country and the request was finally granted in 1531, royal power, more than religion was the chief concern. The Inquisition acted as a judicial arm of the Catholic Church in order to root out heresies, primarily Judaism and Islam, and later Protestantism. But the Inquisition became an instrument used by the crown to strengthen its power and jurisdiction.

   The Church's power and prestige in governance came under direct attack for the first time under the Marquis of Pombal (1750-77) when, as the king's prime minister, he placed regalism above the Church's interests. In 1759, the Jesuits were expelled from Portugal, although they were allowed to return after Pombal left office. Pombal also harnessed the Inquisition and put in place other anticlerical measures. With the rise of liberalism and the efforts to secularize Portugal after 1820, considerable Church-state conflict occurred. The new liberal state weakened the power and position of the Church in various ways: in 1834, all religious orders were suppressed and their property confiscated both in Portugal and in the empire and, in the 1830s and 1840s, agrarian reform programs confiscated and sold large portions of Church lands. By the 1850s, Church-state relations had improved, various religious orders were allowed to return, and the Church's influence was largely restored. By the late 19th century, Church and state were closely allied again. Church roles in all levels of education were pervasive, and there was a popular Catholic revival under way.

   With the rise of republicanism and the early years of the First Republic, especially from 1910 to 1917, Church-state relations reached a new low. A major tenet of republicanism was anticlericalism and the belief that the Church was as much to blame as the monarchy for the backwardness of Portuguese society. The provisional republican government's 1911 Law of Separation decreed the secularization of public life on a scale unknown in Portugal. Among the new measures that Catholics and the Church opposed were legalization of divorce, appropriation of all Church property by the state, abolition of religious oaths for various posts, suppression of the theology school at Coimbra University, abolition of saints' days as public holidays, abolition of nunneries and expulsion of the Jesuits, closing of seminaries, secularization of all public education, and banning of religious courses in schools.

   After considerable civil strife over the religious question under the republic, President Sidónio Pais restored normal relations with the Holy See and made concessions to the Portuguese Church. Encouraged by the apparitions at Fátima between May and October 1917, which caused a great sensation among the rural people, a strong Catholic reaction to anticlericalism ensued. Backed by various new Catholic organizations such as the "Catholic Youth" and the Academic Center of Christian Democracy (CADC), the Catholic revival influenced government and politics under the Estado Novo. Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar was not only a devout Catholic and member of the CADC, but his formative years included nine years in the Viseu Catholic Seminary preparing to be a priest. Under the Estado Novo, Church-state relations greatly improved, and Catholic interests were protected. On the other hand, Salazar's no-risk statism never went so far as to restore to the Church all that had been lost in the 1911 Law of Separation. Most Church property was never returned from state ownership and, while the Church played an important role in public education to 1974, it never recovered the influence in education it had enjoyed before 1911.

   Today, the majority of Portuguese proclaim themselves Catholic, and the enduring nature of the Church as an institution seems apparent everywhere in the country. But there is no longer a monolithic Catholic faith; there is growing diversity of religious choice in the population, which includes an increasing number of Protestant Portuguese as well as a small but growing number of Muslims from the former Portuguese empire. The Muslim community of greater Lisbon erected a Mosque which, ironically, is located near the Spanish Embassy. In the 1990s, Portugal's Catholic Church as an institution appeared to be experiencing a revival of influence. While Church attendance remained low, several Church institutions retained an importance in society that went beyond the walls of the thousands of churches: a popular, flourishing Catholic University; Radio Re-nascenca, the country's most listened to radio station; and a new private television channel owned by the Church. At an international conference in Lisbon in September 2000, the Cardinal Patriarch of Portugal, Dom José Policarpo, formally apologized to the Jewish community of Portugal for the actions of the Inquisition. At the deliberately selected location, the place where that religious institution once held its hearings and trials, Dom Policarpo read a declaration of Catholic guilt and repentance and symbolically embraced three rabbis, apologizing for acts of violence, pressures to convert, suspicions, and denunciation.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Catholic church
8 contundente

adj.

1 blunt (arma, objeto).

2 convincing, decisive, forceful, conclusive.

* * *

contundente

► adjetivo

1 (arma) blunt

2 figurado (categórico) convincing, overwhelming, weighty

■ un "no" contundente a firm "no"

* * *

ADJ

1) [arma] offensive; [instrumento] blunt

2) (=aplastante) [argumento] forceful, convincing; [prueba] conclusive; [derrota, victoria] crushing, overwhelming; [tono] forceful; [efecto, método] severe; [arbitraje] strict, severe; [juego] tough, hard, aggressive

* * *

adjetivo

a) <objeto/instrumento> blunt; < golpe> severe, heavy

b) <argumento/respuesta> forceful; < prueba> convincing; < victoria> resounding; < fracaso> crushing

ganó de forma contundente — he won convincingly

un ademán contundente — an emphatic gesture

fue contundente en sus declaraciones — he was categorical in his statements

* * *

= assertive, cogent, vociferous, vocal, forthright, uncompromising, categorical, unequivocal, categoric, unmitigaged, arresting, power-packed.

Ex. I tried to say at the very outset of my remarks that there probably has not been sufficient consumer-like and assertive leverage exerted upon our chief suppliers.

Ex. Children's librarians must plan to meet children's needs, and must be able to articulate the philosophy of children's library services in cogent terms.

Ex. The reaction came in 1978 -- a vociferous social demand for reading and learning, including a new interest in librarianship.

Ex. Koelling has been a vocal advocate for successful digitization projects in the museum community.

Ex. We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.

Ex. What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.

Ex. There is a categorical moral imperative for a deepening and a renewal of the concept of collegiality -- that is a blend of intense competition and mutual support -- in relations between research scholars and research librarians.

Ex. The exhaustive and unequivocal definition of the nature and types of material qualifying to be described as ephemera could probably form the basis of a learned dissertation.

Ex. The question of the need for categoric assurances is not locked into a 12 month timeframe or any other timeframe.

Ex. Only Bush could take a horrible situation and create an unmitigated disaster.

Ex. It is when speakers have no feeling for pause that their speech seems to burble on without any arresting quality; the club bore is a burbler: he has not learnt the eloquence of silence.

Ex. Eating these power-packed vegetables in their natural state especially garlic increases their health benefits.

----

* demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.

* pruebas contundentes = hard evidence.

* * *

adjetivo

a) <objeto/instrumento> blunt; < golpe> severe, heavy

b) <argumento/respuesta> forceful; < prueba> convincing; < victoria> resounding; < fracaso> crushing

ganó de forma contundente — he won convincingly

un ademán contundente — an emphatic gesture

fue contundente en sus declaraciones — he was categorical in his statements

* * *

= assertive, cogent, vociferous, vocal, forthright, uncompromising, categorical, unequivocal, categoric, unmitigaged, arresting, power-packed.

Ex: I tried to say at the very outset of my remarks that there probably has not been sufficient consumer-like and assertive leverage exerted upon our chief suppliers.

Ex: Children's librarians must plan to meet children's needs, and must be able to articulate the philosophy of children's library services in cogent terms.

Ex: The reaction came in 1978 -- a vociferous social demand for reading and learning, including a new interest in librarianship.

Ex: Koelling has been a vocal advocate for successful digitization projects in the museum community.

Ex: We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.

Ex: What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.

Ex: There is a categorical moral imperative for a deepening and a renewal of the concept of collegiality -- that is a blend of intense competition and mutual support -- in relations between research scholars and research librarians.

Ex: The exhaustive and unequivocal definition of the nature and types of material qualifying to be described as ephemera could probably form the basis of a learned dissertation.

Ex: The question of the need for categoric assurances is not locked into a 12 month timeframe or any other timeframe.

Ex: Only Bush could take a horrible situation and create an unmitigated disaster.

Ex: It is when speakers have no feeling for pause that their speech seems to burble on without any arresting quality; the club bore is a burbler: he has not learnt the eloquence of silence.

Ex: Eating these power-packed vegetables in their natural state especially garlic increases their health benefits.

* demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.

* pruebas contundentes = hard evidence.

* * *

contundente

adjective

1 ‹objeto/instrumento› blunt

fue golpeado con un objeto contundente he was hit with a blunt instrument

le asestó un golpe contundente he dealt her a severe o heavy blow

2 ‹argumento› forceful, convincing; ‹prueba› convincing, conclusive; ‹victoria› resounding ( before n); ‹fracaso› crushing, overwhelming

el candidato fue elegido de forma contundente the candidate was elected by an overwhelming majority

hizo un ademán contundente he made an emphatic gesture

fue contundente en sus declaraciones he was most emphatic o categorical in his statements

* * *

contundente adjetivo
a) ‹objeto/instrumento› blunt;

‹ golpe› severe, heavy
b) ‹argumento/respuesta› forceful;

‹ prueba› convincing;
‹fracaso/victoria› resounding ( before n);
◊ fue contundente en sus declaraciones he was categorical in his statements

contundente adjetivo
1 (convincente) convincing
(concluyente) conclusive
2 (golpe) heavy
(objeto) blunt
' contundente' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
tajante
English:
forcible
- hard-hitting
- sound
- stunning
- telling
- blunt
- clinch
- decisive

* * *

contundente adj

1. [arma, objeto] blunt;

lanzaron objetos contundentes contra la policía they threw heavy objects at the police

2. [golpe] heavy;

recibió un puñetazo contundente he was punched hard

3. [razonamiento, argumento] forceful, convincing;
[prueba] conclusive, convincing; [victoria] comprehensive, resounding;
la empresa dio una respuesta contundente a los huelguistas the company dealt with the strikers decisively;

se mostró contundente al exigir la dimisión del secretario general he was quite categorical in demanding the resignation of the general secretary

* * *

contundente

adj arma blunt; fig: derrota overwhelming

* * *

contundente adj

1) : blunt

un objeto contundente: a blunt instrument

2) : forceful, convincing

♦ contundentemente adv

Spanish-English dictionary > contundente
9 nouer

nouer [nwe]

➭ TABLE 1

1. transitive verb

   a. ( = faire un nœud avec) to tie

• avoir la gorge nouée to have a lump in one's throat

• j'ai l'estomac noué my stomach is in knots

   b. ( = entourer d'une ficelle) to tie up

   c. [+ relations] to strike up ; [+ amitié] to form

2. reflexive verb

► se nouer [amitié] to be formed

• sa gorge se noua a lump came to his throat

* * *
nwe
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( attacher) to tie [lacets, cravate]; to tie up [chaussure, colis]

nouer ses cheveux — to tie one's hair back

nouer ses bras autour du cou — to put one's arms around somebody's neck

2) ( contracter)

avoir la gorge nouée — to have a lump in one's throat

avoir l'estomac noué — to have a knot in one's stomach

3) ( établir) to establish [relations]; to engage in [dialogue]

4) Cinéma, Littérature, Théâtre to weave [intrigue]

2.

se nouer verbe pronominal

1) Cinéma, Littérature, Théâtre [intrigue] to take shape

2) [relations diplomatiques] to be established; [dialogue, amitié] to begin

* * *
nwe vt
1) [corde, fil] to tie, to knot

2) fig, [alliance] to form

nouer la conversation — to start a conversation

* * *

nouer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( faire un nœud à) to tie [lacets, ceinture en tissu, cravate]; to tie up, to tie [sth] up [chaussure, colis]; nouer deux ficelles (ensemble) to tie ou knot two pieces of string (together);

2 ( attacher) nouer qch autour de qch to tie sth round GB ou around US sth; nouer ses cheveux to tie one's hair back, to tie back one's hair;

3 ( avec les bras) nouer ses bras autour du cou/de la taille de qn to put one's arms around sb's neck/waist;

4 ( contracter) l'émotion me nouait la gorge I felt choked with emotion; avoir la gorge nouée to have a lump in one's throat; avoir l'estomac noué to have a knot in one's stomach;

5 ( établir) to establish [relations] (avec with); to engage in [dialogue] (avec with);

6 Cin, Littérat, Théât to weave [action dramatique, intrigue, machination].

B se nouer vpr

1 Cin, Littérat, Théât [intrigue] to take shape;

2 [relations diplomatiques] to be established; [dialogue] to begin;

3 ( se contracter) ma gorge se nouait I had a lump in my throat; mon estomac se nouait my stomach knotted; tous les muscles de mon corps se nouaient all the muscles in my body were knotted.

[nwe] verbe transitif

1. [attacher ensemble - lacets, cordes] to tie ou to knot (together)

elle noua ses bras autour de mon cou she wrapped her arms round my neck

2. [faire un nœud à] to tie (up), to knot

laisse-moi nouer ta cravate let me knot your tie

j'ai noué le bouquet avec de la ficelle I tied the bouquet together with string

il a noué le foulard autour de sa taille he tied the scarf around his waist

elle noua ses cheveux avec un ruban she tied her hair back ou up with a ribbon

la peur lui nouait la gorge/les entrailles (figuré) his throat/stomach tightened with fear

3. [établir]

nouer des relations avec quelqu'un to enter into a relationship with somebody

nouer une intrigue to hatch a plot

4. TEXTILES to splice ou to knot (together)

————————

[nwe] verbe intransitif

BOTANIQUE to set

————————

se nouer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

[ceinture] to fasten, to do up

————————

se nouer verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [s'entrelacer] to intertwine

ses mains se nouèrent comme pour prier his hands joined ou came together as if to pray

2. [s'instaurer] to develop, to build up

c'est à cet âge que beaucoup d'amitiés se nouent it's at that age that a lot of friendships are made

l'action ne se noue que dans le dernier chapitre only in the last chapter does the plot come to a head ou climax

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > nouer
10 zu

Präp. (+ Dat)

1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s); bis zu up to; zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see s.o.; zu Tal fahren, gleiten etc.: downhill; Boden 2, Kopf 2 etc.

2. räumlich, Lage: at, in; zu Berlin in ( amtlich: at) Berlin; der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral; zu ebener Erde at ground level; zu jemandes Füßen at s.o.’s feet; zu Hause at home; zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine; zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea; Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)

3. zeitlich, Zeitpunkt: at; Zeitraum: over; Anlass: for; noch zehn Minuten ( bis) zu... another ten minutes before...; zu Beginn at the beginning; zu Weihnachten at Christmas; schenken etc.: for Christmas; Lebzeiten

4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for; zu etw. gut sein be good for s.th.; Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress

5. Ergebnis ausdrückend: (in)to; es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted; zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes; zu etw. werden turn into s.th.; Person: auch become s.th.; zu meiner Freude / Überraschung to my delight / surprise

6. Beziehung ausdrückend: for; thematisch: about, on; sich äußern zu say s.th. about; gehören zu belong to; gemein / nett zu nasty / nice to; passen zu suit; der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door; Liebe / Zuneigung zu jemandem love / affection for s.o.; aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for her

7. Zusammensein: (mit) with; (hinzu) to; sich zu jemandem setzen sit with s.o., join s.o., sit (down) next to s.o.; Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg; Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee; zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass... and on top of all that...

8. Art und Weise: zu Fuß on foot; zu Pferd kommen come on horseback; zu Deutsch in German

9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc.: in; nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent; ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used; zu zweit nebeneinander gehen walk along two by two; sie kamen zu sechst six of them came; zu hunderten oder Hunderten in hundreds; es ist zu 20% / einem Viertel falsch 20% / a quarter of it is incorrect; ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-lit|re (Am. -er) barrel; zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (а, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros

10. Zahlenverhältnis: 3 zu 1 three to one; SPORT bei Ergebnisangaben: three-one

11. Adelsprädikat: Graf zu Pappenheim Count of Pappenheim; Hilfe 1 etc., zum, zur

—

zu2

Adv.

1. (übermäßig) too; zu sehr too much; zu sehr betonen overemphasize; das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended; ( viel) zu viel / viele (far oder much) too much / many; einer etc. zu viel one etc. too many; einmal zu viel once too often; ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement; ich krieg zu viel! umg. well blow me down!; was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!; zu wenig not enough, too little (Pl. few); viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (Pl. few); einer etc. zu wenig one etc. short, one etc. too few; du isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more

2. umg. (sehr) too, so, terribly; zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!; das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iro. (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!

3. umg.: immer oder nur zu! go on!; na, dann ( mal) zu! OK, go ahead; beim Aufbruch: OK, let’s go, off we (bzw. you) go then

4. Richtung: nach Norden zu toward(s) the north; zeitlich: auf oder gegen... zu toward(s)

—

zu3

I Adj. umg.

1. zu sein Fenster, Mund etc.: be closed, be shut; eine zu(n) e Tür etc. a closed door etc.

2. zu sein (verstopft) Nase: be blocked; Ader, Straße, Zufahrt: be blocked

3. zu sein (ausgebucht) Flug: be full

4. zu sein (betrunken) be plastered, be pissed Sl.; (im Drogenrausch) be out of it

II Adv. (Ggs. offen) closed, shut; Augen zu! close your eyes; Tür zu! shut the door!

—

zu4

Konj.

1. (+ Inf.): ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do; es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked; gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable; ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort: auszuhalten sein be bearable

2. (+ Part. Präs.): ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort: die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged

* * *

at (Präp.); on (Präp.); upon (Präp.); too (Adv.); to (Präp.); unto (Präp.); for (Präp.); into (Präp.);

(geschlossen) closed (Adj.)

* * *
[tsuː]
1. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)

1) örtlich: Richtung, Ziel to

zum Bahnhof — to the station

zur Stadt gehen — to go to town

zur Stadtmitte gehen — to go to the town centre (Brit) or center (US)

zum Bäcker/Arzt gehen — to go to the baker's/doctor's

zum Theater gehen (beruflich) — to go on the stage

zum Militär gehen, zu den Soldaten gehen — to join the army, to join up

bis zu — as far as

(bis) zum Bahnhof sind es 5 km — it's 5 kms to the station

zum Meer hin — toward(s) the sea

zum Himmel weisen — to point heavenwards

zur Decke sehen — to look up at the ceiling

zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen — to look up at sb/sth

zu jdm herübersehen/hinübersehen — to look across at sb

sie wandte sich zu ihm hin — she turned to him

sie sah zu ihm hin — she looked toward(s) him

die Tür zum Keller — the door to the cellar

sich zu Tisch setzen (geh) — to sit down at the table

sich zu jdm setzen — to sit down next to or beside sb

setz dich doch zu uns — come and sit with us

etw zu sich stecken — to take sth

zum Fenster herein/hinaus — in (at)/out of the window

zur Tür hinaus/herein — out of/in the door

das Zimmer liegt zur Straße hin — the room looks out onto the street

2) örtlich: Lage bei Stadt in

zu Frankfurt (old) — in Frankfurt

der Dom zu Köln — the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedral

der Reichstag zu Worms (Hist) — the Diet of Worms

zu Hause — at home

zu seiner Linken saß... (geh) — on his left sat...

zu beiden Seiten (des Hauses) — on both sides (of the house)

zu Lande und zu Wasser — on land and sea

jdm zur Seite stehen — to stand beside sb

jdm zur Seite sitzen (geh) — to sit at sb's side

3) zeitlich at

zu früher/später Stunde — at an early/late hour

zu Ostern — at Easter

letztes Jahr zu Weihnachten — last Christmas

(bis) zum 15. April/Donnerstag/Abend — until 15th April/Thursday/(this) evening

zum Wochenende hat sich Besuch angesagt — we're having visitors at the weekend

die Zahlung ist zum 15. April fällig — the payment is due on 15th April

zum 31. Mai kündigen — to give in (Brit) or turn in (US) one's notice for 31st May

4)

Zusammengehörigkeit, Begleitung, Zusatz Wein zum Essen trinken — to drink wine with one's meal

der Deckel zu diesem Topf — the lid for this pan

nehmen Sie Milch zum Kaffee? — do you take milk in your coffee?

zur Gitarre singen — to sing to (Brit) or with (US) a/the guitar

Lieder zur Laute — songs accompanied by the lute

die Melodie zu dem Lied — the tune of the song

Vorwort/Anmerkungen zu etw — preface/notes to sth

zu dem kommt noch, dass ich... — on top of that I...

etw zu etw tragen (Kleidung) — to wear sth with sth

etw zu etw legen — to put sth with sth

5) Zweck, Bestimmung for

Wasser zum Waschen — water for washing

Papier zum Schreiben — paper to write on, writing paper

ein Bett zum Schlafen — a bed to sleep in

der Knopf zum Abstellen — the off button

Stoff zu einem Kleid — material for a dress

die Luke zum Einsteigen — the entrance hatch

das Zeichen zum Aufbruch — the signal to leave

etw zur Antwort geben — to say sth in reply

zur Einführung... — by way of (an) introduction...

zu seiner Entschuldigung muss man sagen... — in his defence (Brit) or defense (US) one must say...

zu seiner Entschuldigung sagte er... — by way of apology he said...

zur Erklärung — by way of explanation

er sagte das nur zu ihrer Beruhigung — he said that just to set her mind at rest

zu nichts taugen, zu nichts zu gebrauchen sein — to be no use to anyone (inf)

6)

Anlass etw zum Geburtstag/zu Weihnachten bekommen — to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmas

ein Geschenk zum Hochzeitstag — a wedding anniversary present

zu Ihrem 60. Geburtstag — on your 60th birthday

jdm zu etw gratulieren — to congratulate sb on sth

jdn zum Essen einladen — to invite sb for a meal

zu Ihrem schweren Verlust — on your sad loss

Ausstellung zum Jahrestag der Revolution — exhibition to mark the anniversary of the revolution

zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen — my reply to this question is as follows, on this I would like to say the following

was sagen Sie zu diesen Preisen? — what do you think of these prices?

zum Thema Gleichberechtigung — on the subject of equal rights

eine Rede zu Schillers Todestag — a speech on the anniversary of Schiller's death

"Zum Realismusbegriff" — "On the Concept of Realism"

jdn zu etw vernehmen — to question sb about sth

7)

Folge, Umstand zu seinem Besten — for his own good

zum Glück — luckily

zu meiner Schande/Freude etc — to my shame/joy etc

es ist zum Lachen — it's really funny

es ist zum Weinen — it's enough to make you cry, it makes you want to cry

8)

Mittel, Art und Weise zu Fuß/Pferd — on foot/horseback

zu Schiff — by ship

zu Deutsch — in German

etw zu einem hohen Preis verkaufen — to sell sth at a high price

etw zu einem hohen Preis versteigern — to bid up the price of sth

9) Veränderung into

zu etw werden — to turn into sth; (Mensch auch) to become sth

Leder zu Handtaschen verarbeiten — to make handbags out of leather

jdn/etw zu etw machen — to make sb/sth (into) sth

jdn zum Mann machen — to make a man of sb

zu Asche verbrennen — to burn to ashes

wieder zu Staub werden — to return to dust

etw zu Pulver zermahlen — to grind sth into powder

sie ist zu einer wahren Schönheit herangewachsen — she has grown up into a real beauty

jdn zum Major befördern — to promote sb to (the rank of) major

10) = als as

jdn zum König wählen — to choose sb as king

jdn zu etw ernennen — to nominate sb sth

er machte mich zu seinem Stellvertreter — he made me his deputy

jdn zum Freund haben — to have sb as a friend

er machte sie zu seiner Frau, er nahm sie zur Frau — he made her his wife

zum Künstler geboren sein — to be born to be an artist

11)

Verhältnis, Beziehung Liebe zu jdm — love for sb

aus Freundschaft zu jdm — because of one's friendship with sb

Vertrauen zu jdm/etw — trust in sb/sth

meine Beziehung zu ihm — my relationship with him

12)

in Vergleichen im Vergleich zu — in comparison with, compared with

im Verhältnis drei zu zwei (Math) — in the ratio (of) three to two

Wasser und Saft im Verhältnis drei zu eins mischen — take three parts water to one of juice

drei zu zwei (Sport) — three-two

3:2 — the score is 3-2 or (gesprochen) three-two

wir haben 4 zu 3 gewonnen — we won 4-3

See:

→ Verhältnis

13)

bei Zahlenangaben zu zwei Prozent — at two per cent (Brit) or percent (US)

wir verkaufen die Gläser jetzt das Stück zu 99 Cent — we're selling the glasses now at or for 99 cents each

fünf (Stück) zu 80 Cent — five for 80 cents

zu zwei Dritteln (gefüllt) — two-thirds (full)

zum halben Preis — at half price

die Arbeit ist schon zur Hälfte getan — the work is already half done

zum ersten Mal(e) — for the first time

zum Ersten..., zum Zweiten... (Aufzählung) — first..., second...

zum Ersten, zum Zweiten, zum Dritten (bei Auktion) — for the first time, for the second time, for the third time

See:

→ vier, bis

14)

mit Fragepronomen zu wem wollen Sie? — who do you want?

zu wem gehen Sie? — who are you going to see?

zu wem sprechen Sie morgen bei der Konferenz? — who will you be speaking to or who will you be addressing at the conference tomorrow?

zu was (inf) (Zweck) — for what

15)

bei Namen der Graf zu Ehrenstein — the Count of Ehrenstein

Gasthof zum goldenen Löwen — the Golden Lion (Inn)

16)

getrenntes "dazu" inf da komme ich nicht zu — I can't get (a)round to it

See:

→ dazu

17)

andere Wendungen zum Beispiel — for example

zu Hilfe! — help!

jdm zu Hilfe kommen — to come to sb's aid

zu jds Gedächtnis — in memory of sb

zum Gedächtnis von jdm — in sb's memory

zum Lobe von jdm/etw — in praise of sb/sth

zur Strafe — as a punishment

zur Belohnung — as a reward

zur Warnung — as a warning

zur Beurteilung/Einsicht — for inspection

zur Probe/Ansicht — on trial/approval

zur Unterschrift — for signature

2. ADVERB

1) = allzu too

zu sehr — too much

sie liebte ihn zu sehr, als dass sie ihn verraten hätte — she loved him too much to betray him

zu verliebt — too much in love

das war einfach zu dumm! (inf) — it was so stupid!

ich wäre zu gern mitgekommen — I'd have loved to come

2) = geschlossen shut, closed

auf/zu (an Hähnen etc) — on/off

Tür zu! (inf) — shut the door

die Geschäfte haben jetzt zu — the shops are shut or closed now

3)

= los, weiter inf dann mal zu! — right, off we go!

du wolltest mir was vorsingen, dann mal zu — you wanted to sing me something? OK, go ahead

immer or nur zu! — just keep on!

ihr seid auf dem richtigen Wege, nur zu! — you're on the right track, just keep going

schreie nur zu, es hilft doch nichts! — scream then, but it won't do any good!

mach zu! — get a move on!

lauft schon zu, ich komme nach — you go on, I'll catch you up

4) örtlich toward(s)

nach hinten zu — toward(s) the back

auf den Wald zu — toward(s) the forest

dem Ausgang zu — toward(s) the exit

See:

→ ab

3. ADJEKTIV
(= geschlossen inf) Tür, Geschäft, Kiste etc shut; Kleid, Verschluss done up
die zue or zune Tür (strictly incorrect) — the shut door

See:

→ zu sein

4. BINDEWORT

1) mit Infinitiv to

etw zu essen — sth to eat

der Fußboden ist noch zu fegen — the floor still has to be swept

er hat zu gehorchen — he has to do as he's told

jdm befehlen or den Auftrag erteilen, etw zu tun — to order sb to do sth

das Material ist noch/nicht mehr zu gebrauchen — the material is still/is no longer usable

diese Rechnung ist bis Montag zu bezahlen — this bill has to be paid by Monday

zu stehen kommen — to come to a stop

zu liegen kommen — to come to rest

ich habe noch zu arbeiten — I have still got (esp Brit) or I still have some work to do

ohne es zu wissen — without knowing it

um besser sehen zu können — in order to see better

ich komme, um mich zu verabschieden — I've come to say goodbye

2)

mit Partizip noch zu bezahlende Rechnungen — outstanding bills

nicht zu unterschätzende Probleme — problems (that are) not to be underestimated

das sind alles nur winzige, leicht zu übersehende Punkte — these are just small points that can easily be overlooked

der zu prüfende Kandidat, der zu Prüfende — the candidate to be examined

* * *

1) (position: They are not at home; She lives at 33 Forest Road) at

2) (direction: He looked at her; She shouted at the boys.) at

3) (to the state or condition of: A tadpole turns into a frog; I've sorted the books into piles.) into

4) (towards: They marched on the town.) on

5) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) towards

6) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) toward

7) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) to

8) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) to

9) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) to

10) to

11) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) to

12) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) to

13) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) to

14) (an old word for `to'.) unto

* * *

zu

[tsu:]

I. PRÄPOSITION MIT DATIV

1. (wohin: Ziel) to

\zum Schwimmbad geht es da lang! the swimming pool is that way!

fahr mich bitte \zur Arbeit/Kirche/Schule please drive me to work/church/school

wie weit ist es von hier \zum Bahnhof? how far is it from here to the train station?

wie komme ich [von hier] \zur Post? how do I get [from here] to the post office?

ich muss gleich \zum Arzt/ \zum Bäcker/ \zum Supermarkt I must go to the doctor's/baker's/supermarket

morgen gehe ich \zu Rainer I'm going to see Rainer tomorrow

\zu Bett gehen (geh) to go to bed

\zum Militär gehen to join the army

\zum Theater gehen to go on the stage [or into the theatre]

sich akk \zu Tisch setzen (geh) to sit down to dinner

2. (wohin: Richtung)

das Zimmer liegt \zur Straße hin the room looks out onto the street

der Kerl vom Nachbartisch sieht dauernd \zu uns rüber the bloke at the next table keeps looking across at us

\zur Decke sehen to look [up] at the ceiling

\zum Fenster hinaus/herein out of/in through the window

\zur Tür hinaus/herein out of/in through the door

\zum Himmel weisen to point heavenwards [or up at the heavens]

\zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen to look up at sb/sth

\zum Meer/zur Stadtmitte hin towards the sea/town centre

3. (wohin: neben)

▪ \zu jdm/etw next to sb/sth

darf ich mich \zu Ihnen setzen? may I sit next to [or beside] you?

setz dich \zu uns [come and] sit with us

legen Sie \zu den Tellern bitte jeweils eine Serviette put one serviette next to each plate

4. (wo: Lage) at; (geh)

sie ist schon \zu Bett she's already gone to bed

\zu Hause at home

\zu jds Rechten/Linken on sb's right/left [hand side]

jdm \zur Seite sitzen (geh) to sit at sb's side

5. (wo: vor Eigennamen, Ortnamen)

der Dom \zu Köln the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedral

der Graf \zu Blaubeuren the Count of Blaubeuren

der Gasthof \zum blauen Engel the Blue Angel Inn

der Reichstag \zu Worms (hist) the Diet of Worms

6. wann: Zeitpunkt at

\zum 1. Januar fällig due on January 1st

es muss [bis] zum Abend/14. März fertig sein it must be finished by this evening/March 14th

\zum Wochenende fahren wir weg we are going away at [or AM on] the weekend

\zu früher/später Stunde at an early/late hour

\zu Mittag at [or by] midday/noon

\zum Monatsende kündigen to give in one's notice for [or to take effect from] the end of the month

\zu Ostern/Pfingsten/Weihnachten at Easter/Whitsun/Christmas

letztes Jahr \zu Weihnachten last Christmas; s.a. Anfang, bis, Schluss, Zeit

7. (wann, wozu: Anlass)

eine Feier \zum Jahrestag der Revolution a celebration to mark the anniversary of the revolution

\zum Frühstück trinkt sie immer Tee she always has tea at breakfast

etw \zum Geburtstag/ \zu Weihnachten bekommen to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmas

jdm \zu etw gratulieren to congratulate sb on sth

\zu Ihrem 80. Geburtstag möchte ich Ihnen herzlichst gratulieren I'd like to congratulate you on the occasion of your 80th birthday

8. (worüber: Thema)

\zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen to this question I should like to say the following

was sagst du \zu diesen Preisen? what do you say to these prices?

eine Rede \zum Thema Umwelt a speech on the subject of the environment

jdn \zu etw vernehmen to question sb about sth

9. (wozu: Zweck, Ziel)

der Knopf \zum Abstellen the off-button

Papier \zum Schreiben paper to write on, writing paper

Wasser \zum Trinken drinking water

wir haben nichts \zum Essen we have nothing to eat

gib dem Kind doch etwas \zum Spielen give the child something to play with

auf die Reise habe ich mir etwas \zum Lesen mitgenommen I've brought something to read on the trip

bei dem Regenwetter habe ich keine Lust \zum Wandern I don't fancy walking if it is raining

das Zeichen \zum Aufbruch the signal to leave

\zum Arzt geboren sein to be born to be a doctor

sie sagte das nur \zu seiner Beruhigung she said that just to set his mind at rest

\zur Ansicht on approval

\zur Einsicht for inspection

\zur Einführung... by way of an introduction...

\zu seiner Entschuldigung/ \zur Erklärung in apology/explanation, by way of an apology/explanation

jdn \zum Essen einladen to invite sb for a meal

\zum Gedächtnis von jdm in memory of sb, in sb's memory

\zu Hilfe! help!

jdm \zu Hilfe kommen to come to sb's aid

\zum Lobe von jdm/etw in praise of sb/sth

\zu nichts taugen [o zu gebrauchen sein] to be no use at all

\zur Probe as a trial [or test]

\zur Unterschrift for signature [or signing]

\zu was (fam) for what, why

\zu was soll das gut sein? what do you need that for?, what is that for?

10. (als was)

er nahm sie \zur Frau he took her as his wife

etw \zur Antwort geben to say sth in reply

\zum Beispiel for example

\zur Belohnung as a reward

\zur Strafe as a punishment

▪ jdn/etw \zum Vorbild nehmen to take sb/sth as one's example, to model oneself on sb/sth

\zur Warnung as a warning

11. (womit zusammen: Begleitung)

mögen Sie Milch/Zucker \zum Kaffee? do you take your coffee white [or with milk]/with sugar?

\zu Lachs passt kein Rotwein red wine does not go with salmon

etw \zu etw tragen to wear sth with sth

12. (zu was: Zugehörigkeit)

\zu den Lehrbüchern gehören auch Kassetten there are cassettes to go with the text books

wo ist der Korken \zu der Flasche? where is the cork for this bottle?

mir fehlt nur der Schlüssel \zu dieser Tür I've only got to find the key to this door

13. (wie: Umstand, Art und Weise)

sie erledigt alles \zu meiner Zufriedenheit she does everything to my complete satisfaction

die Firma verkauft alles \zu niedrigsten Preisen the company sells everything at rock-bottom prices

du hast dich \zu deinem Vorteil verändert you've changed for the better

das ist ja \zum Lachen that's ridiculous [or really funny]

das ist \zum Weinen it's enough to make you want to cry [or weep]

\zu jds Bestem/Vorteil sein to be for one's own good/to one's advantage

\zu Deutsch (veraltend) in German

\zum Glück luckily

14. (wie: Fortbewegungsart)

\zu Fuß/Pferd on foot/horseback

\zu Fuß gehen Sie etwa 20 Minuten it will take you about 20 minutes on foot

\zu Schiff (veraltet) by ship [or sea

15. (zu was: Ergebnis eines Vorgangs)

\zu Asche verbrennen to burn to ashes

Eiweiß \zu Schnee schlagen to beat the egg white until stiff

Kartoffeln \zu einem Brei zerstampfen to mash potatoes

\zum Erliegen/Stehen kommen to come to rest/a halt

etw \zu Pulver zermahlen to grind sth [in]to powder

\zu etw werden to turn into [or become] sth

manch einer wird aus Armut \zum Dieb often it is poverty that turns sb into a thief

wieder \zu Staub werden to [re]turn to dust

16. (in welche Position)

er ist \zum Kapitän befördert worden he was promoted to captain

sie wurde \zur Vorsitzenden gewählt she was elected chairman

jdn \zu etw ernennen to nominate sb for sth

jdn/etw \zu etw machen to make sb/sth into sth

er machte sie \zu seiner Frau he made her his wife

17. (zu wem: Beziehung)

meine Beziehung \zu ihr my relationship with her

Liebe \zu jdm love for sb

aus Freundschaft \zu jdm because of one's friendship with sb

Vertrauen \zu jdm/etw trust in sb/sth

18. (wie: im Verhältnis zu) in relation [or proportion] to

im Verhältnis 1 \zu 4 MATH in the ratio of one to four

unsere Chancen stehen 50 \zu 50 our chances are fifty-fifty

im Vergleich \zu... in comparison with..., compared to...

19. SPORT

Bayern München gewann mit 5 \zu 1 Bayern Munich won five-one

das Fußballspiel ging unentschieden 0 \zu 0 aus the football match ended in a nil-nil draw

20. bei Mengenangaben

\zu drei Prozent at three percent

diese Äpfel habe ich \zu ein Euro das Stück gekauft I bought these apples for [or at] one euro each

sechs [Stück] \zu fünfzig Cent six for fifty cents

\zum halben Preis at half price

wir sind \zu fünft in den Urlaub gefahren five of us went on holiday together

sie kommen immer \zu zweit those two always come as a pair

der Pulli ist nur \zur Hälfte fertig the jumper is only half finished

hast du das Buch nur \zu einem Viertel gelesen? have you only read a quarter of the book?

\zum ersten Mal for the first time

\zum Ersten..., \zum Zweiten firstly..., secondly

\zum Ersten, \zum Zweiten, \zum Dritten (bei Auktionen) going once, going twice, sold

21. SCHWEIZ (in Wendungen)

\zur Hauptsache mainly

\zum Rechten schauen to look to the right

\zum Voraus in front of

\zum Vorn[e]herein from in front

II. ADVERB

1. (allzu) too

ich wäre \zu gern mitgefahren I would have loved to have gone along

\zu sehr too much

er hat sich nicht \zu sehr bemüht he didn't try too [or very] hard

2. (emph: zur Steigerung)

das ist ja \zu schön! that's marvellous!; (iron) that's just great! iron

das ist einfach \zu dumm! that's really too stupid!

3. nachgestellt (örtlich) towards

dem Ausgang \zu towards the exit

nach hinten/vorne \zu towards the back/front

4. (fam: weiter, los)

dann mal \zu! go ahead!, off we go

immer [o nur] \zu! go ahead!

schimpf nur \zu, es hilft doch nichts go on, scream, it won't do any good

mach \zu! hurry up!, get a move on!

lauf schon \zu, ich komme nach you go on [or go on ahead], I'll catch up

III. ADJEKTIV

1. meist präd (geschlossen) shut, closed

Tür \zu, es zieht! shut the door, there's a draught!

dreh den Wasserhahn \zu! turn the tap off!

[mach die] Augen \zu, ich hab da was für dich close your eyes, I've got sth for you

\zu haben [o sein] to be shut [or closed]

die Geschäfte haben [o sind] sonntags \zu stores are closed on Sundays

vor der \zunen Tür stehen (sl) to stand in front of the closed door

2. präd (fam: betrunken)

▪ \zu sein to be pissed fam!, to have had a skinful fam

3. präd (fam: emotional unzugänglich)

▪ \zu sein:

sie ist total \zu you can't get through to her

IV. KONJUNKTION

1. mit Infinitiv to

was gibt es heute Mittag \zu essen? what are we having for lunch today?

ohne es \zu wissen without knowing it

▪ jd hat etw \zu tun:

ich habe \zu arbeiten I have some work to do

sie hat \zu gehorchen she has to obey [or do as she is told]

ich habe heute einiges \zu erledigen I have got a few things to do today

▪ etw ist \zu tun:

die Rechnung ist bis Freitag \zu bezahlen the bill has to be paid by Friday

dieser Auftrag ist unverzüglich \zu erledigen this task must be completed straight away

▪ um etw \zu tun:

ich komme, um mich \zu verabschieden I have come to say goodbye

2. mit Partizip

da sind noch einige \zu bezahlende Rechnungen there are some outstanding bills

es gibt verschiedene noch \zu kaufende Gegenstände some things still have to be bought

der \zu Prüfende the candidate to be examined

nicht \zu unterschätzende Probleme problems [that are] not to be underestimated

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (Richtung) to

zu... hin — towards...

er kommt zu mir — (besucht mich) he is coming to my place

2) (zusammen mit) with

zu dem Käse gab es Wein — there was wine with the cheese

das passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress

3) (Lage) at

zu beiden Seiten — on both sides

zu seiner Linken — (geh.) on his left

er kam zu dieser Tür herein — he came in by this door

der Dom zu Speyer — (veralt.) Speyer Cathedral

das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn

4) (zeitlich) at

zu Weihnachten — at Christmas

was schenkst du ihnen zu Weihnachten — what will you give them for Christmas?

er will zu Ostern verreisen — he wants to go away for Easter

zu dieser Stunde — at this time

5) (Art u. Weise)

zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise

zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)

zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos

sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless

zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent

6) (ein Zahlenverhältnis ausdrückend)

ein Verhältnis von 3 zu 1 — a ratio of 3 to 1

das Ergebnis war 2 zu 1 — the result was 2-1 or 2 to 1

7) (einen Preis zuordnend) at; for

fünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps

8) (eine Zahlenangabe zuordnend)

ein Fass zu zehn Litern — a ten-litre barrel

Portionen zu je einem Pfund — portions weighing a pound each

9) (Zweck) for

sie sagte das zu seiner Beruhigung — she said it to allay his fears

10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into

zu etwas werden — turn into something

die Kartoffeln zu einem Brei zerstampfen — mash the potatoes into a puree

11) (über) about; on

sich zu etwas äußern — comment on something

zu welchem Thema spricht er? — what is he going to speak about?

was sagst du zu meinem Vorschlag? — what do you say to my proposal?

12) (gegenüber)

freundlich/ hässlich zu jemandem sein — be friendly/nasty to somebody; s. auch zum; zur
2.
Adverb

1) (allzu) too

zu sehr — too much

er ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey

das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!

2) nachgestellt (Richtung) towards

der Grenze zu — towards the border

3) (ugs.)

zu sein — be shut

der Laden ist zu — the shop has shut

Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!

4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)

nur zu! — (fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!
3.
Konjunktion

1) (mit Infinitiv) to

du hast zu gehorchen — you must obey

was gibts da zu lachen? — what is there to laugh about?

das ist nicht zu glauben — it is unbelievable

Haus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let

2) (mit 1. Part.)

die zu gewinnenden Preise — the prizes to be won

die zu erledigende Post — the letters pl. to be dealt with

* * *

zu¹ präp (+dat)

1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s);

bis zu up to;

zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see sb;

zu Tal fahren, gleiten etc: downhill; → Boden 2, Kopf 2 etc

2. räumlich, Lage: at, in;

zu Berlin in ( amtlich: at) Berlin;

der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral;

zu ebener Erde at ground level;

zu jemandes Füßen at sb’s feet;

zu Hause at home;

zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine;

zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea;

Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)

3. zeitlich, Zeitpunkt: at; Zeitraum: over; Anlass: for;

noch zehn Minuten (bis) zu … another ten minutes before …;

zu Beginn at the beginning;

zu Weihnachten at Christmas; schenken etc: for Christmas; → Lebzeiten

4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for;

zu etwas gut sein be good for sth;

Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress

5. Ergebnis ausdrückend: (in)to;

es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted;

zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes;

zu etwas werden turn into sth; Person: auch become sth;

zu meiner Freude/Überraschung to my delight/surprise

6. Beziehung ausdrückend: for; thematisch: about, on;

sich äußern zu say sth about;

gehören zu belong to;

gemein/nett zu nasty/nice to;

passen zu suit;

der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door;

Liebe/Zuneigung zu jemandem love/affection for sb;

aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for her

7. Zusammensein: (mit) with; (hinzu) to;

sich zu jemandem setzen sit with sb, join sb, sit (down) next to sb;

Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg;

Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee;

zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass … and on top of all that …

8. Art und Weise:

zu Fuß on foot;

zu Pferd kommen come on horseback;

zu Deutsch in German

9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc: in;

nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent;

ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used;

zu zweit nebeneinandergehen walk along two by two;

sie kamen zu sechst six of them came;

zu hunderten oder

Hunderten in hundreds;

es ist zu 20%/einem Viertel falsch 20%/a quarter of it is incorrect;

ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-litre (US -er) barrel;

zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (à, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros

10. Zahlenverhältnis:

3 zu 1 three to one; SPORT bei Ergebnisangaben: three-one

11. Adelsprädikat:

Graf zu Pappenheim Count of Pappenheim; → Hilfe 1 etc, zum, zur

zu² adv

1. (übermäßig) too;

zu sehr too much;

zu sehr betonen overemphasize;

das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended;

(viel) zu viel/viele (far oder much) too much/many;

einer etc

zu viel one etc too many;

einmal zu viel once too often;

ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement;

ich krieg zu viel! umg well blow me down!;

was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!;

zu wenig not enough, too little (pl few);

viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (pl few);

einer etc

zu wenig one etc short, one etc too few;

du isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more

2. umg (sehr) too, so, terribly;

zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!;

das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iron (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!

3. umg:

immer oder

nur zu! go on!;

na, dann (mal) zu! OK, go ahead; beim Aufbruch: OK, let’s go, off we (bzw you) go then

4. Richtung:

nach Norden zu toward(s) the north; zeitlich:

auf oder

gegen … zu toward(s)

zu³

A. adj umg

1.

zu sein Fenster, Mund etc: be closed, be shut;

eine zu(n)e Tür etc a closed door etc

2.

zu sein (verstopft) Nase: be blocked; Ader, Straße, Zufahrt: be blocked

3.

zu sein (ausgebucht) Flug: be full

4.

zu sein (betrunken) be plastered, be pissed sl; (im Drogenrausch) be out of it

B. adv (Ggs offen) closed, shut;

Augen zu! close your eyes;

Tür zu! shut the door!

zu⁴ konj

1. (+inf):

ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do;

es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked;

gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable;

ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort:

auszuhalten sein be bearable

2. (+ ppr):

ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort:

die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (Richtung) to

zu... hin — towards...

er kommt zu mir — (besucht mich) he is coming to my place

2) (zusammen mit) with

zu dem Käse gab es Wein — there was wine with the cheese

das passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress

3) (Lage) at

zu beiden Seiten — on both sides

zu seiner Linken — (geh.) on his left

er kam zu dieser Tür herein — he came in by this door

der Dom zu Speyer — (veralt.) Speyer Cathedral

das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn

4) (zeitlich) at

zu Weihnachten — at Christmas

was schenkst du ihnen zu Weihnachten — what will you give them for Christmas?

er will zu Ostern verreisen — he wants to go away for Easter

zu dieser Stunde — at this time

5) (Art u. Weise)

zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise

zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)

zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos

sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless

zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent

6) (ein Zahlenverhältnis ausdrückend)

ein Verhältnis von 3 zu 1 — a ratio of 3 to 1

das Ergebnis war 2 zu 1 — the result was 2-1 or 2 to 1

7) (einen Preis zuordnend) at; for

fünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps

8) (eine Zahlenangabe zuordnend)

ein Fass zu zehn Litern — a ten-litre barrel

Portionen zu je einem Pfund — portions weighing a pound each

9) (Zweck) for

sie sagte das zu seiner Beruhigung — she said it to allay his fears

10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into

zu etwas werden — turn into something

die Kartoffeln zu einem Brei zerstampfen — mash the potatoes into a puree

11) (über) about; on

sich zu etwas äußern — comment on something

zu welchem Thema spricht er? — what is he going to speak about?

was sagst du zu meinem Vorschlag? — what do you say to my proposal?

12) (gegenüber)

freundlich/ hässlich zu jemandem sein — be friendly/nasty to somebody; s. auch zum; zur
2.
Adverb

1) (allzu) too

zu sehr — too much

er ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey

das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!

2) nachgestellt (Richtung) towards

der Grenze zu — towards the border

3) (ugs.)

zu sein — be shut

der Laden ist zu — the shop has shut

Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!

4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)

nur zu! — (fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!
3.
Konjunktion

1) (mit Infinitiv) to

du hast zu gehorchen — you must obey

was gibts da zu lachen? — what is there to laugh about?

das ist nicht zu glauben — it is unbelievable

Haus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let

2) (mit 1. Part.)

die zu gewinnenden Preise — the prizes to be won

die zu erledigende Post — the letters pl. to be dealt with

* * *

adv.

too adv. konj.

for conj. präp.

at prep.

to prep.

toward prep.

towards prep.

unto prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > zu
11 to

1.
[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

go from town to town — von Stadt zu Stadt ziehen

throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu

2) (towards a condition or quality) zu

appoint somebody to a post — jemanden auf einen Posten berufen

3) (as far as) bis zu

from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

4) (next to, facing)

with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand

5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 — 3 verhält sich zu 4 wie 6 zu 8

it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

6) introducing relationship or indirect object

to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

speak to somebody — mit jemandem sprechen

relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen

to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers

a room to oneself — ein eigenes Zimmer

get four apples to the pound — vier Äpfel je Pfund bekommen

that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen

what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?

7) (until) bis

to the end — bis zum Ende

to this day — bis heute

five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after academic.ru/75540/too">too um [...] zu

want to know — wissen wollen

do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

too hot to drink — zu heiß zum Trinken

to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder

to use a technical term — um einen Fachausdruck zu gebrauchen

9) as substitute for infinitive

he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
2.
[tuː] adverb

1) (just not shut)

be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

push a door to — eine Tür anlehnen

2)

to and fro — hin und her

* * *
1. [tə,tu] preposition
1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) zu, auf

2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) bis

3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) bis

4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) zu, mit

5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) zu, für

6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) in

7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) gegenüber, zu

8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) zu

9) ([tə] used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) zu, um zu

10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) zu
2. [tu:] adverb
1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) zu

2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) zu sich, dran

•

- to and fro

* * *

to

[tu:, tu, tə]

I. PREPOSITION

1. (moving towards) in + akk

, nach + dat

, zu + dat

she walked over \to the window sie ging [hinüber] zum Fenster [o ans Fenster]

we're going \to town wir gehen/fahren in die Stadt

they go \to work on the bus sie fahren mit dem Bus zur Arbeit

I'm going \to a party/concert ich gehe auf eine Party/ein Konzert

she has to go \to a meeting now sie muss jetzt zu einem Meeting [gehen]

we moved \to Germany last year wir sind letztes Jahr nach Deutschland gezogen

he flew \to the US er flog in die USA

she's never been \to Mexico before sie ist noch nie [zuvor] in Mexiko gewesen

my first visit \to Africa mein erster Aufenthalt in Afrika

this is a road \to nowhere! diese Straße führt nirgendwohin!

parallel \to the x axis parallel zur x-Achse

from here \to the station von hier [bis] zum Bahnhof

on the way \to the mountains/the sea/the town centre auf dem Weg in die Berge/zum Meer/ins [o zum] Stadtzentrum

\to the north/south nördlich/südlich

twenty miles \to the north of the city zwanzig Meilen nördlich der Stadt

the suburbs are \to the west of the city die Vororte liegen im Westen der Stadt

from place \to place von Ort zu Ort

\to the right/left nach rechts/links

there \to the right dort rechts

he's standing \to the left of Adrian er steht links neben Adrian

2. (attending regularly) zu + dat

, in + dat

she goes \to kindergarten sie geht in den Kindergarten

he goes \to university er geht auf die Universität

do you go \to church? gehst du in die Kirche?

I go \to the gym twice a week ich gehe zweimal wöchentlich zum Fitness

3. (inviting to) zu + dat

an invitation \to a wedding eine Einladung zu einer Hochzeit

I've asked them \to dinner ich habe sie zum Essen eingeladen

she took me out \to lunch yesterday sie hat mich gestern zum Mittagessen ausgeführt [o eingeladen

4. (in direction of) auf + akk

she pointed \to a distant spot on the horizon sie zeigte auf einen fernen Punkt am Horizont

to have one's back \to sth/sb etw/jdm den Rücken zudrehen

back \to front verkehrt herum

5. (in contact with) an + dat

they were dancing cheek \to cheek sie tanzten Wange an Wange

she put her hand \to his breast sie legte die Hand auf seine Brust

she clasped the letter \to her bosom sie drückte den Brief an ihre Brust

6. (attached to) an + akk

tie the lead \to the fence mach die Leine am Zaun fest

they fixed the bookshelves \to the wall sie brachten die Bücherregale an der Wand an

stick the ads \to some paper klebe die Anzeigen auf ein Blatt Papier

7. (with indirect object)

▪ \to sb/sth jdm/etw dat

I lent my bike \to my brother ich habe meinem Bruder mein Fahrrad geliehen

give that gun \to me gib mir das Gewehr

children are often cruel \to each other Kinder sind oft grausam zueinander

who's the letter addressed \to? an wen ist der Brief adressiert?

what have they done \to you? was haben sie dir [an]getan?

her knowledge proved useful \to him ihr Wissen erwies sich als hilfreich für ihn

they made a complaint \to the manager sie reichten beim Geschäftsleiter eine Beschwerde ein

a threat \to world peace eine Bedrohung des Weltfriedens [o für den Weltfrieden]

to be grateful \to sb jdm dankbar sein

to be married \to sb mit jdm verheiratet sein

to tell/show sth \to sb jdm etw erzählen/zeigen

8. (with respect to) zu + dat

and what did you say \to that? und was hast du dazu gesagt?

he finally confessed \to the crime er gestand schließlich das Verbrechen

this is essential \to our strategy dies ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil unserer Strategie

9. (in response) auf + akk

a reference \to Psalm 22:18 ein Verweis auf Psalm 22:18

her reply \to the question ihre Antwort auf die Frage

and what was her response \to that? und wie lautete ihr Antwort darauf?

10. (belonging to) zu + dat

the keys \to his car seine Autoschlüssel

the top \to this pen die Kappe, die auf diesen Stift gehört

she has a mean side \to her sie kann auch sehr gemein sein

there is a very moral tone \to this book dieses Buch hat einen sehr moralischen Unterton

there's a funny side \to everything alles hat auch seine komische Seite

11. (compared to) mit + dat

I prefer beef \to seafood ich ziehe Rindfleisch Meeresfrüchten vor

she looked about thirty \to his sixty neben ihm mit seinen sechzig Jahren wirkte sie wie dreißig

to be comparable \to sth mit etw dat vergleichbar sein

[to be] nothing \to sth nichts im Vergleich zu etw dat [sein]

her wage is nothing \to what she could earn ihr Einkommen steht in keinem Vergleich zu dem, was sie verdienen könnte

to be superior \to sb jdm übergeordnet sein, höher stehen als jd

12. (in scores) zu + dat

Paul beat me by three games \to two Paul hat im Spiel drei zu zwei gegen mich gewonnen

Manchester won three \to one Manchester hat drei zu eins gewonnen

13. (until) bis + dat

, zu + dat

I read up \to page 100 ich habe bis Seite 100 gelesen

unemployment has risen \to almost 8 million die Arbeitslosigkeit ist auf fast 8 Millionen angestiegen

count \to 20 zähle bis 20

it's about fifty miles \to New York es sind [noch] etwa fünfzig Meilen bis New York

14. (expressing change of state) zu + dat

he converted \to Islam er ist zum Islam übergetreten

his expression changed from amazement \to joy sein Ausdruck wechselte von Erstaunen zu Freude

the change \to the metric system der Wechsel zum metrischen System

her promotion \to department manager ihre Beförderung zur Abteilungsleiterin

the meat was cooked \to perfection das Fleisch war bestens zubereitet

he drank himself \to death er trank sich zu Tode

she nursed me back \to health sie hat mich [wieder] gesund gepflegt

smashed \to pieces in tausend Stücke geschlagen

she was close \to tears sie war den Tränen nahe

he was thrilled \to bits er freute sich wahnsinnig

15. (to point in time) bis + dat

the shop is open \to 8.00 p.m. der Laden hat bis 20 Uhr geöffnet

we're in this \to the end wir führen dies bis zum Ende

and \to this day... und bis auf den heutigen Tag...

it's only two weeks \to your birthday! es sind nur noch zwei Wochen bis zu deinem Geburtstag!

16. (including)

▪ from... \to... von... bis...

from beginning \to end von Anfang bis Ende

from morning \to night von morgens bis abends

front \to back von vorne bis hinten, von allen Seiten

I read the document front \to back ich habe das Dokument von vorne bis hinten gelesen

he's done everything from snowboarding \to windsurfing er hat von Snowboarden bis Windsurfen alles [mal] gemacht

from simple theft \to cold-blooded murder vom einfachen Diebstahl bis zum kaltblütigen Mord

17. BRIT (in clock times) vor, bis SÜDD

it's twenty \to six es ist zwanzig vor sechs

18. (causing) zu + dat

\to my relief/horror/astonishment zu meiner Erleichterung/meinem Entsetzen/meinem Erstaunen

much \to her surprise zu ihrer großen Überraschung

19. (according to) für + akk

\to me, it sounds like she's ending the relationship für mich hört sich das an, als ob sie die Beziehung beenden wollte

that outfit looks good \to me das Outfit gefällt mir gut

if it's acceptable \to you wenn Sie einverstanden sind

this would be \to your advantage das wäre zu deinem Vorteil, das wäre für dich von Vorteil

does this make any sense \to you? findest du das auf irgendeine Weise einleuchtend?

fifty pounds is nothing \to him fünfzig Pfund sind nichts für ihn

what's it \to you? ( fam) was geht dich das an?

20. (serving) für + akk

he works as a personal trainer \to the rich and famous er arbeitet als Personal Trainer für die Reichen und Berühmten

they are hat makers \to Her Majesty the Queen sie sind Hutmacher Ihrer Majestät, der Königin

economic adviser \to the president Wirtschaftsberater des Präsidenten

21. FILM (next to)

she was Ophelia \to Olivier's Hamlet in der Verfilmung von Olivier spielte sie neben Hamlet die Ophelia

22. (in honour of) auf + akk

here's \to you! auf dein/Ihr Wohl!

\to the cook! auf den Koch/die Köchin!

the record is dedicated \to her mother die Schallplatte ist ihrer Mutter gewidmet

I propose a toast \to the bride and groom ich bringe einen Toast auf die Braut und den Bräutigam aus

a memorial \to all the soldiers who died in Vietnam ein Denkmal für alle im Vietnamkrieg gefallenen Soldaten

23. (per)

the car gets 25 miles \to the gallon das Auto verbraucht eine Gallone auf 25 Meilen

three parts oil \to one part vinegar drei Teile Öl auf einen Teil Essig

the odds are 2 \to 1 that you'll lose die Chancen stehen 2 zu 1, dass du verlierst

24. (as a result of) von + dat

she awoke \to the sound of screaming sie wurden durch laute Schreie wach

I like exercising \to music ich trainiere gerne mit Musik

I can't dance \to this sort of music ich kann zu dieser Art Musik nicht tanzen

the band walked on stage \to rapturous applause die Band zog unter tosendem Applaus auf die Bühne

25. (roughly) bis + dat

thirty \to thirty-five people dreißig bis fünfunddreißig Leute

26. MATH (defining exponent) hoch

ten \to the power of three zehn hoch drei

27.

▶ that's all there is \to it das ist schon alles

▶ there's not much [or nothing] \to it das ist nichts Besonderes, da ist nichts Besonderes dabei

II. TO FORM INFINITIVES

1. (expressing future intention) zu

she agreed \to help sie erklärte sich bereit zu helfen

I'll have \to tell him ich werde es ihm sagen müssen

I don't expect \to be finished any later than seven ich denke, dass ich spätestens um sieben fertig sein werde

he lived \to see his first grandchild er durfte erleben, dass sein erstes Enkelkind geboren wurde

I have \to go on a business trip ich muss auf eine Geschäftsreise

the company is \to pay over £500,000 die Firma muss über 500.000 Pfund bezahlen

he's going \to write his memoirs er wird seine Memoiren schreiben

I have some things \to be fixed ich habe einige Dinge zu reparieren

Blair \to meet with Bush Blair trifft Bush

to be about \to do sth gerade etw tun wollen, im Begriff sein, etw zu tun

2. (forming requests) zu

she was told \to have the report finished by Friday sie wurde gebeten, den Bericht bis Freitag fertigzustellen

he told me \to wait er sagte mir, ich solle warten

I asked her \to give me a call ich bat sie, mich anzurufen

we asked her \to explain wir baten sie, es uns zu erklären

you've not \to do that du sollst das nicht tun

that man is not \to come here again der Mann darf dieses Haus nicht mehr betreten

young man, you're \to go to your room right now junger Mann, du gehst jetzt auf dein Zimmer

3. (expressing wish) zu

I need \to eat something first ich muss zuerst etwas essen

I'd love \to live in New York ich würde nur zu gern in New York leben

would you like \to dance? möchten Sie tanzen?

that child ought \to be in bed das Kind sollte [schon] im Bett sein

I want \to go now ich möchte jetzt gehen

I need \to go to the bathroom ich muss mal auf die Toilette

do you want \to come with us? willst du [mit uns] mitkommen?

I'd love \to go to France this summer ich würde diesen Sommer gern nach Frankreich fahren

4. (omitting verb)

are you going tonight? — I'm certainly hoping \to gehst du heute Abend? — das hoffe ich sehr

would you like to go and see the Russian clowns? — yes, I'd love \to möchtest du gern die russischen Clowns sehen? — ja, sehr gern

can you drive? — yes I'm able \to but I prefer not \to kannst du Auto fahren? — ja, das kann ich, aber ich fahre nicht gern

5. after adj (to complete meaning)

it's not likely \to happen es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass das geschieht, das wird wohl kaum geschehen

I was afraid \to tell her ich hatte Angst, es ihr zu sagen

he's able \to speak four languages er spricht vier Sprachen

she's due \to have her baby sie bekommt bald ihr Baby

I'm afraid \to fly ich habe Angst vorm Fliegen

she's happy \to see you back sie ist froh, dass du wieder zurück bist

I'm sorry \to hear that es tut mir leid, das zu hören

easy \to use leicht zu bedienen

languages are fun \to learn Sprachenlernen macht Spaß

it is interesting \to know that es ist interessant, das zu wissen

three months is too long \to wait drei Monate zu warten ist zu lang

I'm too nervous \to talk right now ich bin zu nervös, um jetzt zu sprechen

6. (expressing purpose)

I'm going there \to see my sister ich gehe dort hin, um meine Schwester zu treffen

she's gone \to pick Jean up sie ist Jean abholen gegangen

my second attempt \to make flaky pastry mein zweiter Versuch, einen Blätterteig zu machen

they have no reason \to lie sie haben keinerlei Grund zu lügen

I have the chance \to buy a house cheaply ich habe die Gelegenheit, billig ein Haus zu kaufen

something \to eat etwas zu essen

the first person \to arrive die erste Person, die ankam [o eintraf]

Armstrong was the first man \to walk on the moon Armstrong war der erste Mann, der den Mond betrat

7. (expressing intent)

we tried \to help wir versuchten zu helfen

\to make this cake, you'll need... für diesen Kuchen braucht man...

he managed \to escape es gelang ihm zu entkommen

8. (after wh- words)

I don't know what \to do ich weiß nicht, was ich tun soll

I don't know where \to begin ich weiß nicht, wo ich anfangen soll

she was wondering whether \to ask David about it sie fragte sich, ob sie David deswegen fragen sollte

can you tell me how \to get there? könne Sie mir sagen, wie ich dort hinkomme?

9. (introducing clause)

\to tell the truth [or \to be truthful] um die Wahrheit zu sagen

\to be quite truthful with you, Dave, I never really liked the man ich muss dir ehrlich sagen, Dave, ich konnte diesen Mann noch nie leiden

\to be honest um ehrlich zu sein

10. (in consecutive acts) um zu

he looked up \to greet his guests er blickte auf, um seine Gäste zu begrüßen

she reached out \to take his hand sie griff nach seiner Hand

they turned around \to find their car gone sie drehten sich um und bemerkten, dass ihr Auto verschwunden war

III. ADVERB

inv zu

to push [or pull] the door \to die Tür zuschlagen

to come \to zu sich dat kommen

to set \to sich akk daranmachen fam

they set \to with a will, determined to finish the job sie machten sich mit Nachdruck daran, entschlossen, die Arbeit zu Ende zu bringen

* * *
[tuː]
1. PREPOSITION

1) = in direction of, towards zu

to go to the station — zum Bahnhof gehen

to go to the doctor( 's)/greengrocer's etc — zum Arzt/Gemüsehändler etc gehen

to go to the opera/concert etc — in die Oper/ins Konzert etc gehen

to go to France/London — nach Frankreich/London fahren

to go to Switzerland —

to go to school to go to bed — zur Schule or in die Schule gehen ins or zu Bett gehen

to the left — nach links

to the west — nach Westen

he came up to where I was standing —

to fall to the ground — auf den Boden or zu Boden fallen

to turn a picture/one's face to the wall — ein Bild/sich mit dem Gesicht zur Wand drehen

hold it up to the light — halte es gegen das Licht

2) = as far as, until bis

to count (up) to 20 —

there were (from) 40 to 60 people — es waren 40 bis 60 Leute da

it's 90 kms to Paris — nach Paris sind es 90 km

it's correct to a millimetre — es stimmt bis auf den Millimeter

8 years ago to the day — auf den Tag genau vor 8 Jahren

to this day — bis auf den heutigen Tag

they perished to a man — sie kamen alle bis auf den letzten Mann ums Leben

3) = in in (+dat)

I have never been to Brussels/India — ich war noch nie in Brüssel/Indien

4)

= secure to he nailed it to the wall/floor etc — er nagelte es an die Wand/auf den Boden etc

they tied him to the tree —

they held him to the ground — sie hielten ihn am Boden

5)

with indirect object to give sth to sb — jdm etw geben

a present from me to you —

who did you give it to? — wem haben Sie es gegeben?

I said to myself... — ich habe mir gesagt...

he was muttering/singing to himself — er murmelte/sang vor sich hin

what is it to you? — was geht dich das an?

he is kind to everyone — er ist zu allen freundlich

it's a great help to me — das ist eine große Hilfe für mich

he has been a good friend to us — er war uns (dat)

"To... " (on envelope etc) to pray to God — "An (+acc)..." zu Gott beten

6) in toasts auf (+acc)

to drink to sb — jdm zutrinken

to drink to sb's health — auf jds Wohl (acc) trinken

7)

= next to with position bumper to bumper — Stoßstange an Stoßstange

close to sb/sth — nahe bei jdm/etw

at right angles to the wall —

parallel to the wall — parallel zur Wand

to the west (of)/the left (of) — westlich/links (von)

8) with expressions of time vor

20 ( minutes) to 2 — 20 (Minuten) vor 2

at (a) quarter to 2 — um Viertel vor 2

25 to 3 — 5 (Minuten) nach halb 3

it was five to when we arrived — es war fünf vor, als wir ankamen

9) = in relation to zu

A is to B as C is to D —

by a majority of 10 to 7 — mit einer Mehrheit von 10 zu 7

they won by 4 goals to 2 — sie haben mit 4:2 (spoken: vier zu zwei) Toren gewonnen

10) = per pro; (in recipes, when mixing) auf (+acc)

one person to a room — eine Person pro Zimmer

11) MATH

3 to the 4th, 3 to the power of 4 — 3 hoch 4

12)

= concerning what do you say to the idea? — was hältst du von der Idee?

what would you say to a beer? — was hältst du von einem Bier?

that's all there is to it — das ist alles

to repairing television £30 (Comm) — (für) Reparatur eines Fernsehers £ 30

13)

= according to to the best of my knowledge — nach bestem Wissen

it's not to my taste — das ist nicht nach meinem Geschmack

14)

= accompanied by to sing to the guitar —

to sing sth to the tune of... — etw nach der Melodie von... singen

to dance to a tune/a band — zu einer Melodie/den Klängen or der Musik eines Orchesters tanzen

15)

= of ambassador to America/the King of France — Botschafter in Amerika/am Hofe des Königs von Frankreich

secretary to the director — Sekretärin des Direktors

16)

= producing to everyone's surprise — zu jedermanns Überraschung

17)

infinitive to begin to do sth — anfangen, etw zu tun

he decided to come — er beschloss zu kommen

I want to do it — ich will es tun

I want him to do it — ich will, dass er es tut

18)

conditional use of infinitive to see him now, one would never think... — wenn man ihn jetzt sieht, würde man nicht glauben,...

19)

infinitive expressing purpose, result to eat/work to live —

I did it to help you — ich tat es, um dir zu helfen

to get to the point,... — um zur Sache zu kommen,...

well, not to exaggerate... — ohne zu übertreiben,...

I arrived to find she had gone — als ich ankam, war sie weg

never to be found again — und wurde nie wiedergefunden

20)

omitting verb I don't want to — ich will nicht

I'll try to — ich werde es versuchen

you have to — du musst

I'd love to — sehr gerne

we didn't want to but we were forced to — wir wollten nicht, aber wir waren dazu gezwungen

I intended to (do it), but I forgot (to) — ich wollte es tun, aber ich habe es vergessen

buy it, it would be silly not to — kaufe es, es wäre dumm, es nicht zu tun

he often does things one doesn't expect him to — er macht oft Dinge, die man nicht von ihm erwartet

21)

set structures __diams; noun/pronoun + to + infinitive he is not the sort to do that — er ist nicht der Typ, der das täte, er ist nicht der Typ dazu

I have done nothing to deserve this — ich habe nichts getan, womit ich das verdient hätte

there's no-one to help us — es ist niemand da, der uns helfen könnte

who is he to order you around? — wer ist er denn, dass er dich so herumkommandiert?

he was the first to arrive — er kam als Erster an, er war der Erste, der ankam

who was the last to see her? —

there is much to be done — es gibt viel zu tun

what is there to do here? —

now is the time to do it — jetzt ist die (beste) Zeit, es zu tun

the book is still to be written — das Buch muss noch geschrieben werden

are you ready to go at last? — bist du endlich fertig?

it's hard to understand — es ist schwer zu verstehen

it's impossible to believe — das kann man einfach nicht glauben

you are foolish to try it — du bist dumm, das überhaupt zu versuchen

is it good to eat? —

it's too heavy to lift too young to marry — es ist zu schwer zum Heben zu jung zum Heiraten

he's too old to be still in short trousers — er ist schon so alt und trägt noch kurze Hosen

2. ADJECTIVE
door (= ajar) angelehnt; (= shut) zu
3. ADVERB

to and fro — hin und her; walk auf und ab

* * *

to

A präp [tuː; tʊ; tə]

1. (Grundbedeutung) zu

2. (Richtung und Ziel, räumlich) zu, nach, an (akk), in (akk), auf (akk):

go to London nach London fahren;

from east to west von Osten nach Westen;

throw sth to the ground etwas auf den oder zu Boden werfen

3. in (dat):

have you ever been to London?

4. (Richtung, Ziel, Zweck) zu, auf (akk), an (akk), in (akk), für, gegen:

play to a large audience vor einem großen Publikum spielen; → duty A 1 a, invite A 1, pray B 2, etc

5. (Zugehörigkeit) zu, in (akk), für, auf (akk):

that is all there is to it das ist alles;

a cap with a tassel to it eine Mütze mit einer Troddel (daran);

a key to the case ein Schlüssel für den oder zum Koffer;

a room to myself ein Zimmer für mich (allein); → assistant B 1, end C 7, moral B 1, secretary 1, etc

6. (Übereinstimmung, Gemäßheit) nach, für, gemäß: → astonishment, etc

7. (im Verhältnis oder Vergleich) zu, gegen, gegenüber, auf (akk), mit:

the score is three to one (3-1) das Spiel oder es steht drei zu eins (3:1);

two is to four as four is to eight zwei verhält sich zu vier wie vier zu acht

8. (Ausmaß, Grenze, Grad) bis, (bis) zu, (bis) an (akk), auf (akk), in (dat):

to the clouds bis an die Wolken;

ten feet to the ground zehn Fuß bis zum Boden; → craziness

9. (zeitliche Ausdehnung oder Grenze) bis, bis zu, bis gegen, auf (akk), vor (dat):

from three to four von drei bis vier (Uhr);

it’s ten to five es ist zehn vor fünf

10. (Begleitung) zu, nach:

sing to a guitar zu einer Gitarre singen;

they danced to a tune sie tanzten nach einer Melodie; → dance A 1

11. zur Bildung des Dativs:

a) betont:

he gave the book to me, not to you! er gab das Buch mir, nicht Ihnen!

b) unbetont:

she was a good mother to him sie war ihm eine gute Mutter

B partikel [tʊ; tə]

1. zur Bezeichnung des Infinitivs:

to go gehen;

easy to understand leicht zu verstehen;

she was heard to cry man hörte sie weinen

2. (Zweck, Absicht) um zu, zu:

he only does it to earn money er tut es nur, um Geld zu verdienen

3. zur Verkürzung des Nebensatzes:

I weep to think of it ich weine, wenn ich daran denke;

he was the first to arrive er kam als Erster;

to hear him talk wenn man ihn (so) reden hört; → honest A 1 b

4. zur Bezeichnung eines Grundes:

why blame you me to love you? obs oder poet was tadelst du mich, weil ich dich liebe?

5. zur Andeutung eines aus dem Vorhergehenden zu ergänzenden Infinitivs:

I don’t go because I don’t want to ich gehe nicht, weil ich nicht (gehen) will

C adv [tuː]

1. a) zu, geschlossen:

pull the door to die Türe zuziehen

b) angelehnt:

leave the door to

2. (wieder) zu Bewusstsein oder zu sich: → bring to A 1, come to 1

3. SCHIFF nahe am Wind:

keep her to!

4. to and fro

a) hin und her,

b) auf und ab

* * *
1.
[before vowel tʊ, before consonant tə, stressed tuː] preposition

1) (in the direction of and reaching) zu; (with name of place) nach

go to work/to the theatre — zur Arbeit/ins Theater gehen

to Paris/France — nach Paris/Frankreich

go from town to town — von Stadt zu Stadt ziehen

throw the ball to me — wirf mir den Ball zu

2) (towards a condition or quality) zu

appoint somebody to a post — jemanden auf einen Posten berufen

3) (as far as) bis zu

from London to Edinburgh — von London [bis] nach Edinburgh

increase from 10 % to 20 % — von 10 % auf 20 % steigen

4) (next to, facing)

with one's back to the wall — mit dem Rücken zur Wand

5) (implying comparison, ratio, etc.)

[compared] to — verglichen mit; im Vergleich zu

3 is to 4 as 6 is to 8 — 3 verhält sich zu 4 wie 6 zu 8

it's ten to one he does something — die Chancen stehen zehn zu eins, dass er etwas tut

6) introducing relationship or indirect object

to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache (Dat.)

lend/explain etc. something to somebody — jemandem etwas leihen/erklären usw.

speak to somebody — mit jemandem sprechen

relate to something — sich auf etwas (Akk.) beziehen

to me — (in my opinion) meiner Meinung nach

secretary to the Minister — Sekretär des Ministers

a room to oneself — ein eigenes Zimmer

get four apples to the pound — vier Äpfel je Pfund bekommen

that's all there is to it — mehr ist dazu nicht zu sagen

what's that to you? — was geht das dich an?

7) (until) bis

to the end — bis zum Ende

to this day — bis heute

five [minutes] to eight — fünf [Minuten] vor acht

8) with infinitive of a verb zu; expressing purpose, or after too um [...] zu

want to know — wissen wollen

do something to annoy somebody — etwas tun, um jemanden zu ärgern

too young to marry — zu jung, um zu heiraten; zu jung zum Heiraten

too hot to drink — zu heiß zum Trinken

to rebel is pointless — es ist sinnlos zu rebellieren

he woke to find himself in a strange room — er erwachte und fand sich in einem fremden Zimmer wieder

to use a technical term — um einen Fachausdruck zu gebrauchen

9) as substitute for infinitive

he would have phoned but forgot to — er hätte angerufen, aber er vergaß es

she didn't want to go there, but she had to — sie wollte nicht hingehen, aber sie musste
2.
[tuː] adverb

1) (just not shut)

be to — [Tür, Fenster:] angelehnt sein

push a door to — eine Tür anlehnen

2)

to and fro — hin und her

English-german dictionary > to
12 to

1. tə,tu preposition
1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) til, mot, på

2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) til

3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) til

4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) til, med

5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) på, til

6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) i

7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) sammenliknet med; til, mot

8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) til

9) (tə used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) for å (kunne)

10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.)
2. tu: adverb
1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) igjen

2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) til (bevissthet), (sette) i gang

•

- to and fro

for
--------
til
--------
å

I
adv. \/tuː\/

1) igjen, lukket

• push the door to

skyv døren igjen

• the door is to

døren er lukket

2) vendt fremover

3) ( sjøfart) opp til vinden

4) (hverdagslig, om hest) spent for
II
prep. tsterk: \/tuː\/, trykksva \/, foran vokal: \/tʊ\/, foran konsonant: \/tə, t\/

1) (om bevegelse, overgang eller retning) til, mot

• they walk to school every day

de går til skolen hver dag

• she went on a visit to England

hun dro en tur til England

• hold the letter up to the light

hold brevet opp mot lyset

• she sat with her back to the fire

hun satt med ryggen mot bålet

• this text alludes to a novel by Shakespeare

denne teksten henviser til en roman av Shakespeare

• it's a nightmare from beginning to end

det er et mareritt fra begynnelse til slutt

• this was a pleasant beginning to the job

dette var en hyggelig begynnelse på arbeidet

• he was conscious to the last

han var ved bevissthet til det siste

• she worked as an accountant from 1996 to 1999

hun arbeidet som regnskapsfører fra 1996 til 1999

2) ( om plassering) til

• the bathroom is to the left of the bedroom

badet er til venstre for soverommet

• the church is five miles to the north of the town

kirken ligger fem miles nord for byen

3) ( om resultatet av en handling eller prosess) til, i, med

• he was sentenced to death

han ble dømt til døden

• she tore the paper to pieces

hun rev i stykker arket

• you'll get accustomed to the climate

du venner deg nok til klimaet

• she froze to death

hun frøs i hjel

• what happened to them?

hva skjedde med dem?

• he rose to fame

han ble berømt

4) ( om den personen eller tingen som berøres) til, mot, for, på, hos

• what did he say to you?

hva sa han til deg?

• explain this sentence to me

forklar denne setningen for meg

• she's a disgrace to her family

hun er en skam for familien

• it seems to me that she was right

på meg virker det som om hun hadde rett

• this doll is dear to me

jeg er så glad i denne dukken

• it means a great deal to him

det betyr mye for ham

• the book belongs to me

boken er min

• the library is open to the public

biblioteket er åpent for allmennheten

• we'll have the apartment all to ourselves

vi får leiligheten helt for oss selv

• a toast to the President!

skål for presidenten

• here's to you!

skål (for deg)!

• I've been to his house

jeg har vært hjemme hos ham

• she's on a visit to her aunt

hun er på besøk hos tanten sin

5) ( om en mottaker) til, mot, for

• to whom did you give it?

hvem gav du den til?

• give the book to him!

gi ham boken!

• they erected an altar to their gods

de reiste et alter for gudene sine

6) ( om forholdet mellom personer eller ting) til, med, for, ved, overfor

• she's engaged to a dentist

hun er forlovet med en tannlege

• he's secretary to the British legation

han er sekretær ved\/for den britiske legasjonen

• you're responsible to the financial director

du er ansvarlig overfor økonomidirektøren

• she submitted to the general opinion

hun underkastet seg den allmene oppfatningen

7) ( om konkret eller abstrakt forbindelse) til, på, mot

• do you have a key to the door?

har du nøkkelen til døren?

• the horse was tied to a fence

hesten stod bundet til et gjerde

• they danced to the music all night

de danset til musikken hele natten

• we'll always be linked to this farm

vi kommer alltid til å føle oss bundet til denne gården

• have you found the solution to the problem?

har du funnet løsningen på problemet?

• your actions are a threat to society

handlingene dine er en trussel mot samfunnet

8) ( om reaksjon) til, etter

• to my surprise, she started to cry

til min overraskelse begynte hun å gråte

• to my thinking, the reaction was correct

slik jeg ser det var reaksjonen korrekt

• what do you say to a nice beefsteak?

hva sier du til en god biff?

• the dog came to my whistle

hunden kom da jeg plystret på den

9) ( i sammenligninger) mot, i forhold til, sammenlignet med, i, enn

• you are but a child to him

du er bare et barn sammenlignet med ham

• she made three jumps to his two

hun hoppet tre ganger mot hans to

• ten to one he'll do it!

(jeg vedder) ti mot en på at han gjør det!

• she's quite rich to what she used to be

hun er ganske rik i forhold til det hun var før

• the ship has been drawn to scale

skipet har blitt tegnet i riktig målestokk

• the room was hot to suffocation

rommet var så varmt at vi nesten ble kvalt

• these apples are inferior to those we received last week

disse eplene er dårligere enn de vi mottok forrige uke

10) ( i uttrykk med mengde) på, i, mot

• there are 1760 yards to the mile

det er 1760 yards på en engelsk mil

• he takes thirteen to a dozen

han tar tretten på dusinet

• his pulse was 140 to the minute

han hadde en puls på 140 i minuttet

• the score is nine to five

stillingen er ni mot fem

11) ( i klokkeslett) på

• it's a quarter to six

klokken er kvart på seks

be equal to the situation være situasjonen voksen

take somebody to witness ta noen til vitne

tell somebody something to his\/her face si noen noe rett opp i ansiktet

testify to vitne om bevitne, attestere, bekrefte bære vitnesbyrd om

to a hair ( om likhet) på en prikk, på håret

to a man eller all to a man eller to the last man alle, hver eneste en, til siste mann

to it (again)! sett i gang (igjen), friskt mot!

to one's heart's content av hjertens lyst så mye man vil

to the ( matematikk) i

• three to the fourth is 81

tre i fjerde er 81

to the day på dagen

• they married a year ago to the day

de giftet seg på dagen for et år siden

what is that to you? hva angår det deg?, hva betyr det for deg?

would to God that... Gud gi at...
III
subjunksjon \/tuː\/

1) å

• I forgot to ask

jeg glemte å spørre

• to err is human

det er menneskelig å feile

• he wants us to try

han vil at vi skal forsøke

• I'm waiting for Bob to come

jeg venter på at Bob skal komme

• he was the last to arrive

han var den siste som kom

• there is no one to help him

det finnes ingen som kan hjelpe ham

• you would be a fool to believe him

du er dum hvis du tror ham

• we don't know what to do

vi vet ikke hva vi skal gjøre

• to hear him speak you would believe that he was in trouble

når man hører ham snakke, skulle man tro at han hadde problemer

2) for å, til å

• he struggled to get free

han strevde for å komme seg løs

• she was too tired to get up

hun var for trett til å stå opp

• to say nothing of all the other things

for ikke å snakke om alt det andre

3) for å, til å, etter å, over å

• he is inclined to think that he's the best

han har en tendens til å tro at han er best

• I am anxious to try

jeg er ivrig etter å forsøke

• she was distressed to see his degradation

hun var fortvilet over å se hvordan han forfalt

4) ( frittstående med referanse til et foregående infinitiv) å

• we didn't want to go, but we had to

vi ville ikke gå, men vi måtte (gjøre det)

• they asked me to come, but I haven't time to

de bad meg om å komme, men det har jeg ikke tid til

be to skulle, være bestemt til

• I am to leave in ten minutes

jeg skal dra om ti minutter

in order to for å

• she did it in order to help them

hun gjorde det for å hjelpe dem

so as to for (på den måten) å

English-Norwegian dictionary > to
13 entre

prep.

1 between.

entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clock

entre paréntesis in brackets

entre nosotros between you and me, between ourselves (en confianza)

discutían entre sí they were arguing with each other

era un color entre verde y azul the color was somewhere between green and blue

dudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay

2 among, amongst.

estaba entre los asistentes she was among those present

estuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the best

entre otras cosas among other things

3 divided by.

intj.

come in.

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: entrar.

* * *

entre

► preposición

1 (dos términos) between

■ entre las cuatro y las cinco between four and five

■ entre tú y yo between the two of us

2 (varios) among, amongst

■ entre los periódicos among the newspapers

3 (sumando) counting

■ entre niños y adultos somos doce there are twelve of us counting children and adults

■ entre todos éramos veinte there were twenty of us all together

4 (en) in

■ entre la lluvia in the rain

5 (entremedio) somewhere between

■ entre azul y verde somewhere between blue and green

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de entre from among, out of

■ la mejor de entre todas the best out of all of them

entre... y... what with... and...

■ entre el frío y la lluvia... what with the cold and the rain...

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime

por entre (entre) among, amongst 2 (a través) through

■ pasó por entre la multitud he made his way through the crowd

* * *

prep.

1) between

2) among

* * *

PREP

1) (=en medio de)

a) [dos elementos] between

entre las montañas y el mar — between the mountains and the sea

vendrá entre las diez y las once — he'll be coming between ten and eleven

nos veíamos entre clase y clase — we saw each other between lessons

entre azul y verde — somewhere between blue and green

un líquido entre dulce y amargo — a liquid which is half-sweet, half-sour

dudo entre comprar este o aquel — I'm not sure whether to buy this one or that one

lo cogió entre sus manos — she took it in her hands

- estar entre la vida y la muerte
paréntesis, semana
b) [más de dos elementos] among, amongst

había un baúl entre las maletas — there was a trunk in among(st) the cases

¿has buscado entre las fotografías? — have you looked among(st) the photographs?

una costumbre muy extendida entre los romanos — a widespread custom among(st) the Romans

puedes hablar, estamos entre amigos — you can speak freely, we're among(st) friends

paso el día entre estas cuatro paredes — I spend the whole day within these four walls

se abrieron paso entre la multitud — they forced their way through the crowd

lo vi entre el público — I saw him in the audience

entre los que conozco es el mejor — it's the best of those that I know

empezó a trabajar como mensajero, entre otras cosas — he started work as a courier, among(st) other things

2) [indicando colaboración, participación]

lo terminamos entre los dos — between the two of us we finished it

le compraremos un regalo entre todos — we'll buy her a present between all of us, we'll all club together to buy her a present

¿entre cuántos habéis hecho el trabajo? — how many of you did it take to do the work?

esto lo solucionaremos entre nosotros — we'll sort that out among(st) o between ourselves

la cuento entre mis mejores amigas — I count her as one of my best friends

entre sí: las mujeres hablaban entre sí — the women were talking among(st) themselves

los tres hermanos están muy unidos entre sí — the three brothers are very close to each other

3) [uso aditivo]

entre viaje y alojamiento nos gastamos 80 euros — we spent 80 euros between the travel and the accommodation, the travel and the accommodation came to 80 euros between them

entre niños y niñas habrá unos veinte en total — there are about twenty in total, if you count boys and girls

entre que era tarde y hacía frío, decidimos no salir — what with it being late and cold, we decided not to go out

entre unas cosas y otras no conseguía dormir — what with one thing and another I couldn't sleep

entre unas cosas y otras se nos hizo de noche — before we knew it, it was night

4) (Mat)

20 entre 4 — 20 divided by 4

20 entre 4 es igual a 5 — 4 into 20 goes 5 (times)

5) esp LAm
*
entre más estudia más aprende — the more he studies the more he learns

6)

entre tanto — ver entretanto

* * *
I
preposición

1)

a) ( indicando posición en medio de) between

se sienta entre Carlos y yo — he sits between Carlos and me

entre estas cuatro paredes — within these four walls

entre paréntesis — in brackets

se me escapó por entre los dedos — it slipped through my fingers

abierto entre semana — open during the week

comer entre horas — to eat between meals

b) ( en relaciones de comunicación o cooperación) between

que quede entre tú y yo — this is just between you and me

entre los tres logramos levantarlo — between the three of us we managed to lift it

¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?

c) ( con verbos recíprocos) among

cuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves

entre ellos se entienden — they understand each other o one another

2)

a) (en el número, la colectividad de) among

entre los trabajadores — among the workers

hay un traidor entre nosotros — there's a traitor among us

entre otras cosas — among other things

b) ( mezclado con) among

entre las monedas que me dio — among the coins he gave me

se perdió entre la muchedumbre — he got lost in the crowd

c) ( sumando una cosa a otra) with

hay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people

entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)

d) ( en distribuciones) among

repártelos entre los niños — share them out among the children

e) (Mat)

diez entre dos es (igual a) cinco — two into ten goes five (times)

3)

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
II
adverbio (esp AmL)

entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...

* * *

= amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.

Ex. The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.

Ex. He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.

Ex. Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.

Ex. Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.

Ex. On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.

Ex. Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.

Ex. The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.

Ex. The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.

Ex. Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.

Ex. The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.

----

* a caballo entre = midway between.

* a mitad de camino entre = midway between.

* compromiso entre novios = engagement.

* conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.

* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....

* entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.

* entre corchetes = in brackets.

* entre culturas = intercultural.

* entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].

* entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.

* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.

* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.

* entre fronteras = transborder.

* entre grupos sociales = intergroup.

* entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].

* entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.

* entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* entre la población en general = mainstream.

* entre la profesión = intra-professional.

* entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.

* entre las páginas de = between the covers of.

* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.

* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.

* entre manos = at hand, in hand.

* entre medias = in between.

* entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.

* entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.

* entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.

* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.

* entre otros = amongst others, among others.

* entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.

* entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.

* entre profesiones = cross-occupational.

* entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.

* entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].

* entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.

* entre sí = each other.

* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].

* entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.

* entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.

* entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].

* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.

* entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].

* entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....

* espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.

* estar entre = fall between.

* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.

* niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.

* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.

* * *
I
preposición

1)

a) ( indicando posición en medio de) between

se sienta entre Carlos y yo — he sits between Carlos and me

entre estas cuatro paredes — within these four walls

entre paréntesis — in brackets

se me escapó por entre los dedos — it slipped through my fingers

abierto entre semana — open during the week

comer entre horas — to eat between meals

b) ( en relaciones de comunicación o cooperación) between

que quede entre tú y yo — this is just between you and me

entre los tres logramos levantarlo — between the three of us we managed to lift it

¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?

c) ( con verbos recíprocos) among

cuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves

entre ellos se entienden — they understand each other o one another

2)

a) (en el número, la colectividad de) among

entre los trabajadores — among the workers

hay un traidor entre nosotros — there's a traitor among us

entre otras cosas — among other things

b) ( mezclado con) among

entre las monedas que me dio — among the coins he gave me

se perdió entre la muchedumbre — he got lost in the crowd

c) ( sumando una cosa a otra) with

hay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people

entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)

d) ( en distribuciones) among

repártelos entre los niños — share them out among the children

e) (Mat)

diez entre dos es (igual a) cinco — two into ten goes five (times)

3)

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
II
adverbio (esp AmL)

entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...

* * *

= amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.

Ex: The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.

Ex: He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.

Ex: Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.

Ex: Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.

Ex: On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.

Ex: Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.

Ex: The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.

Ex: The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.

Ex: Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.

Ex: The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.

* a caballo entre = midway between.

* a mitad de camino entre = midway between.

* compromiso entre novios = engagement.

* conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.

* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.

* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.

* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....

* entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.

* entre corchetes = in brackets.

* entre culturas = intercultural.

* entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].

* entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.

* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.

* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.

* entre fronteras = transborder.

* entre grupos sociales = intergroup.

* entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].

* entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.

* entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.

* entre la población en general = mainstream.

* entre la profesión = intra-professional.

* entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.

* entre las páginas de = between the covers of.

* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.

* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.

* entre manos = at hand, in hand.

* entre medias = in between.

* entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.

* entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.

* entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.

* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.

* entre otros = amongst others, among others.

* entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.

* entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.

* entre profesiones = cross-occupational.

* entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.

* entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].

* entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.

* entre sí = each other.

* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].

* entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.

* entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.

* entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].

* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.

* entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].

* entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....

* espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.

* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.

* estar entre = fall between.

* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.

* niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.

* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.

* reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.

* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.

* * *

entre¹

prep

A

1 (indicando posición en medio de) between

se sienta entre Carlos y yo he sits between Carlos and me

entre estas cuatro paredes within these four walls

creó una barrera entre ellos it created a barrier between them

lo escribió entre paréntesis she wrote it in brackets

se me escapó por entre los dedos it slipped through my fingers

correteaban por entre los arbustos they ran in and out of the bushes

no pruebo bocado entre horas I don't eat a thing between meals

entre estas dos fechas between these two dates

está abierto entre semana it is open during the week

entre las cuatro y las cinco between four and five (o'clock)

con una expresión entre complacida y sorprendida with an expression somewhere between pleasure and surprise, with a half pleased, half surprised look

es de un color entre el azul y el violeta it's a bluey purple color o a purplish blue color

vacilaba entre decírselo y callar she was torn between telling him and keeping quiet

estoy entre el verde y el azul I can't decide between the green one and the blue one

2 (en relaciones de comunicación) between

entre nosotros or entre tú y yo, no tiene la más mínima idea between you and me o just between ourselves, he doesn't have a clue

las relaciones entre los cuatro hermanos relations between the four brothers

3 (en relaciones de cooperación) between

entre los dos/cuatro logramos levantarlo between the two of us/four of us we managed to lift it

¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? why don't we all get together to buy him a present?

4 (con verbos recíprocos) among

entre ellos se entienden they understand each other o one another

cuando hablan entre ellos no entiendo nada when they talk among themselves, I can't understand a thing

tres depósitos unidos entre sí por una serie de tubos three tanks linked (to each other) by a series of pipes

B

1 (en el número, la colectividad de) among, amongst ( BrE)

entre los trabajadores among the workers

bendita tú eres entre todas las mujeres blessed art thou among women

está entre los mejores/más grandes del mundo it is among the best/largest in the world, it is one of the best/largest in the world

entre los temas debatidos, éste fue el más conflictivo of the topics discussed this proved to be the most controversial

hay un traidor entre nosotros there's a traitor among us o ( liter) in our midst

estamos entre amigos we're all friends here, you're among friends

es mentiroso, entre otras cosas he's a liar, among other things

2 (mezclado con) among

entre las monedas que me dio había algunas extranjeras there were some foreign coins among the ones he gave me

se perdió entre la muchedumbre he got lost in the crowd

lo encontré entre la arena I found it in the sand

3 (sumando una cosa a otra) with

hay unas cien personas entre alumnos, padres y profesores with o including pupils, parents and teachers there are about a hundred people

entre una cosa y otra nos llevó toda una mañana ( fam); what with one thing and another it took us a whole morning ( colloq)

4 (en distribuciones) among

repártelos entre los niños share them out among the children

5 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Mat):

tienes que dividirlo entre cinco you have to divide it by five

diez entre dos es (igual a) cinco two into ten goes five (times), ten divided by two is five

C

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime

entre tanto, vayan poniendo la mesa meanwhile o in the meantime, you can lay the table

entre tanto (que) lo hacen while they do it

entre²

adverb

( esp AmL): entre más/menos... the more/less...

entre más pide, menos le dan the more he asks for, the less they give him

entre menos estudies, menos aprenderás the less you study, the less you will learn

* * *

Del verbo entrar: ( conjugate entrar)

entré es:

1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

entre es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
algo entre
entrar
entre
entrar ( conjugate entrar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( acercándose) to come in;
( alejándose) to go in;
◊ déjame entre let me in;

hazla entre tell her to come in, show her in;
entró corriendo he ran in, he came running in;
¿se puede entre con el coche? can you drive in?;
había gente entrando y saliendo there were people coming and going;
¿cómo entró? how did he get in?;
entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹a edificio/habitación› to go into sth;
entró en el or al banco she went into the bank
2 (en etapa, estado) entre en algo ‹en periodo/guerra/negociaciones› to enter sth;
◊ entre en calor to get warm;

entró en coma he went into a coma
3
a) (introducirse, meterse):

◊ cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in;

me entró arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes
b) ( poderse meter):

◊ ¿entrará por la puerta? will it get through the door?;

(+ me/te/le etc):
◊ estos vaqueros no me entran I can't get into these jeans;

el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on;
no me entra la segunda (Auto) I can't get it into second (gear)
4 [ hambre] (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ le entró hambre she felt o got hungry;

me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts;
me entró sueño I got o began to feel sleepy
5 ( empezar) to start, begin;
◊ entró de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice

6 ( incorporarse) entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹en empresa/ejército/club› to join sth;
‹ en convento› to enter sth;
el año que entré en or a la universidad the year I started college I've just joined the association
7 ( estar incluido):
◊ el postre no entra en el precio dessert is not included in the price;

¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
verbo transitivo ( traer) to bring in;
( llevar) to take in;
◊ ¿cómo van a entre el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?

entre preposición
1
a) (dos personas, cosas) between;

◊ lo decidieron entre ellos dos they decided it between the two of them;

está entre las dos casas it's between the two houses;
entre paréntesis in brackets;
cuando hablan entre los dos when they talk to each other
b) (más de dos personas, cosas) among;

◊ los alumnos hablaban entre ellos the pupils were talking among themselves;

entre otras cosas among other things;
se perdió entre la muchedumbre he disappeared into the crowd;
entre estas cuatro paredes within these walls
c) (indicando cooperación, distribución):

◊ entre los tres logramos levantarlo we managed to lift it between the three of us;

le hicimos con regalo entre todos we all got together and brought him a present;
repártelos entre los niños/entre todos share them out among the children/between everybody
2 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ abierto entre semana open during the week;

llegaré entre las tres y las cuatro I'll be arriving between three and four;
cualquier semana entre julio y agosto any week in July or August
3
◊ entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime

■ adverbio (esp AmL):
◊ entre más come más/menos engorda the more he eats the more/less he puts on weight

entrar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to come in, go in, enter: los ladrones entraron por la ventana, the burglars entered through the window ➣ Ver nota en ir
2 (encajar) to fit: esta llave no entra, this key doesn't fit
3 (estar incluido) to be included: eso no entra en el precio, that's not included in the price
4 (en una organización, partido) to join, get into: entró en el club, he was admitted to the club
5 (en una situación) to go into: el avión entró en barrena, the plane went into a spin
entrar en calor, to warm up
6 (comenzar) el mes que entra, next month, the coming month
7 (sobrevenir) to come over: le entraron ganas de llorar, he felt like crying
me entró un ataque de histeria, I went into hysterics
8 (agradar) no me entran las lentejas, I don't like lentils
II verbo transitivo
1 to bring in: entra las sillas, take the chairs in
2 Inform to enter
♦ Locuciones: entrar en la cabeza: no me entra en la cabeza que hayas hecho eso, I can't understand why you have done that
ni entrar ni salir, to play no part in the matter: en cuestiones sentimentales ni entro ni salgo, I steer well clear of touchy subjects
entre preposición
1 (señalando límites) between: ponlo entre tú y ella, put it between you and her
entre azul y verde, between blue and green
(con la colaboración de) lo haremos entre Pedro, Pablo y yo, Peter, Paul and myself will do it between us
2 (rodeado de) among(st)
estoy entre amigos, I'm among friends
(incluido en) está entre los primeros de la clase, he's among the best students of his class
En general, entre se traduce por between cuando se refiere a dos cosas y among o amongst (más antiguo) cuando se refiere a más de dos. Sin embargo, se puede emplear between, junto con un verbo de movimiento, cuando queremos indicar que un conjunto de cosas se dividió en dos grupos: El río fluye entre los árboles. The river flows between the trees.

' entre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismal
- abismo
- abordaje
- aclarar
- adherencia
- analogía
- apareamiento
- barrera
- bastante
- bastidor
- bien
- caballero
- caballo
- cada
- camaradería
- camino
- ceja
- cerrarse
- clara
- claro
- comillas
- compenetración
- competencia
- conexión
- confianza
- confundirse
- congruencia
- considerada
- considerado
- contarse
- corporativismo
- correlación
- cruce
- desnivel
- despertarse
- dicotomía
- diente
- disidencia
- distanciamiento
- dividir
- dividirse
- dudar
- economía
- entendimiento
- escaramuza
- escoger
- espada
- estragos
- estrechar
- estrechamiento
English:
ability
- alike
- already
- amid
- among
- amongst
- angular
- antagonism
- antipathy
- backstage
- barrel
- barrier
- behind
- between
- blue-collar
- bond
- bonding
- border
- bracket
- cement
- chip in
- choose
- chuckle
- circulate
- civilian
- clash
- close
- club
- connect
- connected
- dart
- derby
- devil
- differentiate
- discriminate
- distinction
- distinguish
- divide
- dole out
- enter
- entrails
- equal
- equality
- evenly
- exit poll
- export
- fall out
- fatalism
- feature
- fence

* * *

entre

♦ prep

1. [en medio de dos] between;

está entre mi casa y la suya it's between my house and hers, it's on the way from my house to hers;

entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clock;

entre 1939 y 1945 between 1939 and 1945, from 1939 to 1945;

entre paréntesis in brackets, in parentheses;

no abre entre semana it doesn't open during the week;

no hay punto de comparación entre la ciudad y el campo there's no comparison between the city and the countryside;

la diferencia entre tú y yo es que… the difference between you and me is that…;

era un color entre verde y azul the colour was somewhere between green and blue;

su estado de ánimo estaba entre la alegría y la emoción his state of mind was somewhere between o was a mixture of joy and excitement;

se encuentra entre la vida y la muerte she is fighting for her life;

entre nosotros [en confianza] between you and me, between ourselves;

que quede esto entre tú y yo this is between you and me;

dudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay;

entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)… what with one thing and another…;

no tuve tiempo de llamarte entre unas cosas y otras between one thing and another I didn't have time to phone you

2. [en medio de muchos] among, amongst;

estaba entre los asistentes she was among those present;

entre los celtas se solía… the Celts used to…;

entre los médicos se considera que… most doctors believe that…;

lo hicieron entre tres amigos the three friends did it between them;

entre todos estoy seguro de que lo conseguiremos I'm sure we'll manage to do it between us;

es el favorito entre los expertos the experts have him as the favourite;

estuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the best;

no temas, estás entre amigos don't be afraid, you're amongst friends;

desapareció entre la multitud she disappeared into the crowd;

apareció de entre el humo it emerged from the smoke;

entre hombres y mujeres somos más de cien there are over a hundred of us, men and women together;

me regaló, entre otras cosas, una botella de whisky she gave me several things, including a bottle of whisky;

tu principal defecto, entre otros, es que… your main defect, amongst others, is that…;

lo encontré entre mis papeles I found it amongst my papers;

entre sí amongst themselves;

discutían entre sí they were arguing with each other

3. [en divisiones]
divide veinte entre cuatro divide twenty by four;

ocho entre dos cuatro eight divided by two is four

♦ entre que loc conj
Fam [mientras]
entre que se levanta y se arregla, se le va media mañana it takes her half the morning just to get up and get ready

♦ entre tanto loc adv
[mientras tanto] meanwhile;
haz las camas, entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds, in the meantime, I'll do the washing up

♦ entre más loc adv
Andes, CAm, Méx [cuanto más] the more;
entre más duerme, más cansado se siente the more she sleeps, the more tired she feels

* * *

entre

prp

1 dos cosas, personas between;

entre las dos y las tres between two and three

2 más de dos among(st), between;

entre nosotros among o between us;

repartir algo entre tres split sth three ways

3 expresando cooperación between;

lo pagamos entre todos we paid for it among o between us;

lo hicieron entre tres they did it between the three of them;

la relación entre ellos the relationship between them;

te cuento entre mis amigos I regard you as a friend

4 MAT

:

ocho entre cuatro son dos eight divided by four is two, four into eight is two

* * *

entre prep

1) : between

2) : among

* * *

entre prep

1. (dos cosas) between

se sentó entre sus dos hermanos he sat between his two brothers

entre las dos y las cinco between two and five o'clock

2. (más de dos cosas) among

lo encontré entre mis libros I found it among my books

entre todos together

Spanish-English dictionary > entre
14 tour

I.

tour¹ [tuʀ]

1. feminine noun

   a. ( = édifice) tower ; ( = immeuble très haut) tower block

   b. (Chess) castle, rook

2. compounds

► la tour de Babel the Tower of Babel

► tour de contrôle control tower

► la tour Eiffel the Eiffel Tower

► tour HLM high-rise council block (Brit), high-rise project (US)

► tour d'ivoire

• enfermé dans sa or une tour d'ivoire shut away in an ivory tower ► la tour de Londres the Tower of London

► la tour de Pise the Leaning Tower of Pisa

II.

tour² [tuʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. masculine noun

2. compounds

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. ( = excursion, parcours) trip ; ( = promenade) (à pied) walk ; (en voiture) drive ; (en vélo) ride

• allons faire un tour à pied let's go for a walk

• allons faire un petit tour à pied let's go for a walk

• faire un tour de manège to have a ride on a merry-go-round

• faire un tour en ville to go for a walk round town

• faire un tour en Italie to go for a trip round Italy

• le tour du parc prend bien une heure it takes a good hour to walk around the park

• on en a vite fait le tour [de lieu] there's not much to see ; [de livre, théorie] there isn't much to it ; [de personne] there isn't much to him (or her)

► faire le tour de [+ parc, pays, magasins] to go round ; [+ possibilités] to explore ; [+ problème] to consider from all angles

• faire le tour du cadran [aiguille] to go round the clock ; [dormeur] to sleep round the clock

• faire le tour du monde to go round the world

• la route fait le tour de leur propriété the road goes round their estate

• faire le tour du propriétaire to look round one's property

• je vais te faire faire le tour du propriétaire I'll show you round

• faire le tour des invités to do the rounds of the guests

• la plaisanterie a fait le tour de la table the joke went round the table► faire un tour de

• faire un tour d'Europe to tour Europe

• ils ont fait un tour du monde en bateau they sailed round the world

   b. (dans un ordre, une succession) turn

• c'est votre tour it's your turn

• à ton tour de jouer it's your turn ; (Chess, draughts) it's your move

• passer son tour to miss one's turn

• parler à son tour to speak in turn

• attends, tu parleras à ton tour wait - you'll have your turn to speak

• chacun son tour ! wait your turn!

• nous le faisons chacun à notre tour we take it in turns

• c'est au tour de Marc de parler it's Marc's turn to speak

• à qui le tour ? whose turn is it?

• votre tour viendra your turn will come

► à tour de rôle in turn

• ils sont de garde à tour de rôle they take turns being on duty► tour à tour alternately

• le temps était tour à tour pluvieux et ensoleillé the weather was alternately wet and sunny

• elle se sentait tour à tour optimiste et désespérée she felt optimistic and despairing by turns

   c. (Sport, politics) round

• au premier tour de la Coupe d'Europe in the first round of the European Cup

• élu au second tour elected in the second round

• tour de scrutin ballot

   d. ( = circonférence) [de partie du corps] measurement ; [de tronc, colonne] girth ; [de surface] circumference

• tour de tête head measurement ; (pour chapeau) hat size

• tour de cou collar size

• tour de taille waist measurement

• tour hanches hip measurement

• tour de poitrine [d'homme] chest measurement ; [de femme] bust measurement

   e. ( = rotation) revolution ; [d'écrou, clé] turn

• l'hélice a fait deux tours the propeller turned twice

• régime de 2 000 tours (minute) speed of 2,000 revs per minute

• un 33 tours an LP

• un 45 tours a single

• un 78 tours a 78

• donner un tour de clé to turn the key

• faire un tour sur soi-même to spin round once

► à tour de bras [frapper, taper] with all one's strength ; [composer, produire] prolifically ; [critiquer] with a vengeance

• il écrit des chansons à tour de bras he churns out songs one after the other

• ils licenciaient à tour de bras they were laying people off left, right and centre

   f. ( = tournure) [de situation, conversation] turn ; ( = phrase) turn of phrase

• la situation prend un tour dramatique the situation is taking a dramatic turn

   g. ( = exercice) [d'acrobate] feat ; [de jongleur, prestidigitateur] trick

• tour d'adresse feat of skill

• tour de cartes card trick

• et le tour est joué ! and there you have it!

• c'est un tour à prendre ! it's just a knack!

• avoir plus d'un tour dans son sac to have more than one trick up one's sleeve

   h. ( = duperie) trick

• jouer un tour à qn to play a trick on sb

• un sale tour a dirty trick (inf)

   i. ( = machine) lathe

• tour de potier potter's wheel

2. <

► tour de chant song recital

► tour de force amazing feat

► le Tour de France the Tour de France

► tour de garde spell of duty

► tour d'honneur (Sport) lap of honour

► tour d'horizon general survey

• faire un tour d'horizon de la situation to have a look at the general situation ► tour de main

• avoir un tour de main to have a knack

• en un tour de main in no time at all ► tour de manivelle turn of the handle

• le premier tour de manivelle est prévu pour octobre [de film] the cameras should begin rolling in October ► tour de piste (Sport) lap ; (dans un cirque) circuit (of the ring)

► tour de reins back strain

• attraper un tour de reins to strain one's back

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

LE TOUR DE FRANCE

The famous annual cycle race takes about three weeks to complete in daily stages « étapes » of approximately 110 miles. The leading cyclist wears a yellow jersey, the « maillot jaune ». The route varies and is not usually confined only to France, but the race always ends on the Champs-Élysées in Paris.

* * *

I tuʀ
nom masculin

1) ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; ( autour d'un axe) revolution

donner un tour de clé — to turn the key

faire un tour de manège — to have a go on the merry-go-round

faire un tour de valse — to waltz around the floor

faire un tour sur soi-même — [danseur] to spin around; [planète] to rotate

un (disque) 33/45/78 tours — an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78

fermer quelque chose à double tour — to double-lock something

à tour de bras — (colloq) [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left, right and centre [BrE] (colloq)

2) ( mouvement autour de)

faire le tour de quelque chose — gén to go around something; ( en voiture) to drive around something

faire le tour du monde — to go around the world

la nouvelle a vite fait le tour du village — the news spread rapidly through the village

tour de circuit — lap

3) ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) size

de 15 mètres de tour — 15 metres [BrE] in circumference, 15 metres [BrE] around

tour de hanches — hip measurement

4) ( déplacement) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spin

faire un (petit) tour — ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll

je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville — I went to Paris/into GB ou down US town

faire un tour chez des amis — to go over to some friends

faire des tours et des détours — lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush

5) ( examen) look

faire le tour d'un problème — to have a look at a problem

faire un (rapide) tour d'horizon — to have a quick overall look

faire le tour de ses ennemis — to go through one's enemies

on en a vite fait le tour — (colloq) pej there's not much to it/her/them etc

6) ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) round

à qui le tour? — whose turn is it?

il perd plus souvent qu'à son tour — ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should

tour à tour — ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn

7) ( consultation électorale)

tour de scrutin — ballot, round of voting

scrutin à deux tours — two-round ballot

8) (manœuvre, ruse) trick

jouer un tour à quelqu'un — to play a trick on somebody

et le tour est joué — ( c'est fait) that's done the trick; ( ce sera fait) that will do the trick

ça te jouera des tours — it's going to get you into trouble one of these days

tour d'adresse — feat of skill

tour de main — knack

en un tour de main — ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash

tour de force — feat; ( œuvre) tour de force

9) (allure, aspect) turn

tour (de phrase) — Linguistique turn of phrase

le tour qu'ont pris les événements — the turn events have taken

donner un tour nouveau à quelque chose — to give a new twist to something

10) Technologie ( machine-outil) lathe

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- tour de chant

- tour de potier

- tour de rein

II tuʀ
nom féminin

1) Architecture tower; ( immeuble) tower block GB, high rise US

2) ( aux échecs) rook, castle

3) ( machine de guerre) siege-tower

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- tour de forage

* * *

I tuʀ nf
1) (de château, d'église, gratte-ciel) tower

2) (= immeuble locatif) high-rise block Grande-Bretagne high-rise building USA tower block Grande-Bretagne

Il y a beaucoup de tours dans ce quartier. — There are a lot of tower blocks in this area.

3) ÉCHECS castle, rook

II tuʀ nm
1) (= excursion) (à pied) stroll, walk, (en voiture) drive, run, (à bicyclette) ride

faire un tour (à pied) — to go for a walk, (en voiture) to go for a drive

Allons faire un tour dans le parc. — Let's go for a walk in the park.

Tu veux aller faire un tour à vélo? — Do you want to go for a bike ride?

2) (parcours circulaire)

faire le tour de — to go around, (à pied) to walk around, (en voiture) to drive around, fig, [sujet] to review

Le tour de l'île prend trois heures. — It takes three hours to go around the island.

faire le tour du monde — to travel around the world

3) (en visitant chaque région)

faire un tour d'Europe — to tour Europe

On a fait un tour des Pyrénées. — We toured the Pyrénées.

4) SPORT (tour de piste) lap

5) (d'être servi ou de jouer) turn

c'est au tour de...; C'est au tour de Renée. — It's Renée's turn.

C'est ton tour de jouer. — It's your turn to play.

à tour de rôle; tour à tour — in turn

faire qch à tour de rôle — to take it in turns to do sth

6) (= tournure) turn

le tour des événements — the turn of events

7) (avec une vis ou clef) turn

tour de vis — turn of the screw

fermer à double tour — to double-lock the door

8) [roue] revolution

faire 2 tours — to turn twice, to revolve twice

9) (= circonférence)

de 3 m de tour — 3 m around, with a circumference of 3 m

tour de taille — waist measurement

tour de tête — head measurement

10) (= ruse) trick, [prestidigitation, cartes] trick

11) [potier] wheel, (à bois, métaux) lathe

12) (autre locution)

à tour de bras — non-stop, relentlessly

* * *

tour

A nm

1 ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; Mécan, Mes revolution; 5 000 tours (par) minute 5,000 revolutions ou revs○ per minute; l'essieu grince à chaque tour de roue the axle squeaks at every turn of the wheel; donner un tour de vis to give the screw a turn; donner un tour de clé to turn the key; être à quelques tours de roue de to be just around the corner from; faire un tour de manège to have a go on the merry-go-round; faire un tour de valse to waltz around the floor; la Terre fait un tour sur elle-même en 24 heures the Earth rotates once in 24 hours; faire un tour sur soi-même [danseur] to spin around; un (disque) 33/45/78 tours an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78; fermer qch à double tour to double-lock sth; s'enfermer à double tour fig to lock oneself away; à tour de bras○ [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left right and centre^GB○; ⇒ quart;

2 ( mouvement autour de) faire le tour de qch gén to go around sth; ( en voiture) to drive around sth; le train fait le tour du lac en deux heures the train takes two hours to go around the lake; faire le tour du monde to go around the world; la nouvelle a vite fait le tour du village the news spread rapidly through the village; il a fait le tour de l'Afrique en stop he hitchhiked around Africa; faire le grand tour fig to go the long way round GB ou around US; en deuxième tour de circuit Sport on the second lap of the circuit; faire un tour d'honneur to do a lap of honour^GB; avec plusieurs tours de corde, ça tiendra with the rope wound around a few times, it'll hold; mettre trois tours de corde to wind the rope around three times; donner plusieurs tours à la pâte Culin to fold the dough several times; ⇒ cadran, propriétaire, repartir B, sang;

3 ⇒ Les mesures de longueur, Les tailles ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) size; le tour de l'étang est couvert de jonquilles there are daffodils all around the edges of the pond; elle a le tour des yeux fardé au kohl she has kohl around her eyes; tronc de 15 mètres de tour trunk 15 metres^GB in circumference ou 15 metres around; tour de tête/cou/taille/hanches head/neck/waist/hip measurement; faire du 90 de tour de poitrine ≈ to have a 36-inch bust; ⇒ poitrine;

4 ( déplacement bref) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spin; faire un (petit) tour ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll; si nous allions faire un tour? shall we go for a walk?; je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville I went to Paris/into GB ou down town; je vais faire un tour chez des amis I'm just going to pop round GB ou go over US to some friends; fais un tour à la nouvelle exposition, ça vaut le coup go and have a look round GB ou around US the new exhibition, it's worth it; faire des tours et des détours lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush;

5 ( examen bref) look; faire le tour d'un problème/sujet to have a look at a problem/subject; faire un (rapide) tour d'horizon to have a quick overall look (de at), to make a general survey (de of); faire le tour de ses ennemis/relations to go through one's enemies/acquaintances; on en a vite fait le tour○ pej (de problème, sujet, d'ouvrage) there's not much to it; ( de personne) there's not much to him/her/them etc;

6 ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) round; à qui le tour? whose turn is it?; c'est ton tour it's your turn; chacun son tour each one in his turn; jouer avant son tour to play out of turn; à mon tour de faire it's my turn to do; récompensé à mon tour rewarded in my turn; attendre/passer son tour to wait/miss one's turn; c'est au tour de qn it 's sb's turn; notre équipe a été battue au second tour our team was defeated in the second round; la cuisine est nettoyée, maintenant c'est au tour du salon the kitchen is cleaned up, now for the living-room; il perd plus souvent qu'à son tour ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should; tour à tour ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn; être tour à tour gentil et agressif to be nice and agressive by turns; il a été tour à tour patron d'entreprise, ministre et professeur d'économie he has been in turn a company boss, a minister and an economics teacher; ⇒ rôle;

7 Pol ( consultation) ballot; les résultats du premier/second tour the results of the first/second ballot; au second tour on the second ballot; scrutin à deux tours two-round ballot; tour de scrutin ballot, round of voting;

8 (manœuvre, ruse) trick; jouer un bon/mauvais/sale tour à qn to play a good/nasty/dirty trick on sb; ma mémoire me joue des tours my memory is playing tricks on me; et le tour est joué that's done the trick; un peu de peinture et le tour est joué a bit of paint will do the trick; ça te jouera des tours it's going to get you into trouble one of these days; ⇒ pendable, sac;

9 ( manipulation habile) trick; tour de cartes card trick; tour de prestidigitation conjuring trick; tour d'adresse feat of skill; tour de main knack; en un tour de main ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash; tour de force gén amazing feat; ( performance) tour de force; constituer un tour de force to be an amazing feat; réussir le tour de force de faire to achieve the amazing feat of doing; ⇒ passe-passe;

10 (allure, aspect) (de situation, relations) turn; (de création, mode) twist; tour (de phrase) Ling turn of phrase; le tour qu'ont pris les événements the turn events have taken; donner un tour nouveau à qch to give a new twist to sth; c'est un tour assez rare en français it's a somewhat unusual turn of phrase in French;

11 Tech ( machine-outil) lathe; fait au tour† [jambe, corps] shapely.

B nf

1 Archit tower; ( immeuble) tower block GB, high rise US;

2 Jeux ( d'échecs) rook, castle;

3 Hist Mil ( machine de guerre) siege-tower.

Composés

tour de Babel Relig, Ling, fig Tower of Babel; tour de chant Art, Mus song recital; tour de contrôle Aviat control tower; tour Eiffel Eiffel Tower; tour de forage Tech derrick; tour de France ( de cycliste) Tour de France; ( de compagnon) journeyman's travelling^GB apprenticeship; tour de garde Mil turn of duty; tour de guet Mil watchtower; tour d'ivoire fig ivory tower; s'enfermer or se retrancher dans sa tour d'ivoire to shut oneself away in an ivory tower; tour de Londres Tower of London; tour mort Naut round turn; tour de Pise Leaning Tower of Pisa; tour de potier Art potter's wheel; tour de refroidissement Nucl cooling tower; tour de rein(s) Méd back strain; se donner or attraper un tour de rein(s) to strain one's back; tour de table Fin pool; faire un tour de table ( à un réunion) to sound out everybody ou to go round GB ou around US the table; après un rapide tour de table having gone round GB ou around US the table quickly (to see what people think).

I

[tur] nom féminin

1. ARCHITECTURE & CONSTRUCTION tower

la tour de Babel BIBLE the Tower of Babel

tour de bureaux office (tower) block

tour de contrôle AÉRONAUTIQUE control tower

la tour Eiffel the Eiffel tower

tour de guet observation tower

tour d'habitation tower ou high-rise block

tour d'ivoire (figuré) ivory tower

la tour de Londres the Tower of London

la tour (penchée) de Pise the Leaning Tower of Pisa

immeuble tour tower block

2. (familier) [personne grande et corpulente]

c'est une vraie tour he's/she's built like the side of a house

3. JEUX castle, rook

4. CHIMIE

tour de fractionnement fractionating column

5. INDUSTRIE DU PÉTROLE

tour de forage drilling rig

II

[tur] nom masculin

A.[CERCLE]

1. [circonférence - d'un fût, d'un arbre] girth ; [ - d'un objet, d'une étendue] circumference

2. [mensuration]

tour de taille/hanches waist/hip measurement

prends ton tour de taille measure (round) your waist

quel est votre tour de taille/hanches? what size waist/hips are you?

tour de cou collar size

il fait (un) 42 de tour de cou he takes a size 42 collar

tour de poitrine

a. [d'une femme] bust measurement ou size

b. [d'un homme] chest measurement ou size

tour de tête hat size

3. [parure]

tour de cou

a. JOAILLERIE choker

b. [vêtement en fourrure] fur collar

tour de lit (bed) valance

4. [circuit] tour, circuit

j'ai fait le grand tour pour venir ici I came here the long way round

faire le tour de (sens propre) : faire le tour d'un parc

a. to go round a park

b. [à pied] to walk round a park

c. [en voiture] to drive round a park

faire le tour du monde to go round the world

faire le tour du monde en auto-stop/voilier to hitch-hike/to sail round the world

faire le tour de (figuré) : l'anecdote a fait le tour des bureaux the story went round the offices ou did the rounds of the offices

faire le tour d'une question to consider a problem from all angles

j'ai fait le tour de toutes les options I've explored all the possibilities

je sais ce qu'il vaut, j'en ai vite fait le tour I know what he's worth, it didn't take me long to size him up

tour de circuit lap

le Tour de France

a. [cycliste] the Tour de France

b. [des compagnons] the Tour de France (carried out by an apprentice to become a journeyman)

tour d'honneur lap of honour

tour de piste

a. SPORT [athlétisme] lap

b. ÉQUITATION round

faire un tour de piste sans faute ÉQUITATION to have a clear round

le tour du propriétaire: on a fait le tour du propriétaire we went ou looked round the property

fais-moi faire le tour du propriétaire show me round your property

j'ai fait le tour du cadran (familier) I slept round the clock

faire un tour d'horizon to deal with all aspects of a problem

5. [promenade - à pied] walk, stroll ; [ - en voiture] drive, ride ; [ - à bicyclette, à cheval, en hélicoptère] ride

[court voyage] trip, outing (substantif non comptable)

faire un tour

a. [à pied] to go for a walk

b. [en voiture] to go for a drive ou ride

c. [à vélo] to go for a ride

faire un tour en ville to go into town

nous irons faire un tour dans les Pyrénées we'll go for a trip in the Pyrenees

B.[PÉRIODE, ÉTAPE]

1. [moment dans une succession] turn

JEUX [généralement] turn, go

[aux échecs] move

c'est (à) ton tour

a. [généralement] it's your turn ou go

b. [échecs] it's your move

à qui le tour whose turn is it?, who's next?

chacun son tour everyone will have his turn

laisser passer son tour to miss one's turn

attendre son tour to wait one's turn

c'est à ton tour de mettre la table it's your turn to lay ou to set the table

tu parleras à ton tour you'll have your chance to say something

nous veillons chacun à notre tour we take turns to be on watch

tour de garde [d'un médecin] spell ou turn of duty

tour de scrutin ballot

au premier tour in the first ballot ou round

2. SPORT [série de matches] round

le second tour de la coupe d'Europe the second round of the European Cup

C.[ACTION HABILE OU MALICIEUSE]

1. [stratagème] trick

elle prépare un mauvais tour she's up to some mischief

jouer un tour à quelqu'un to play a trick on somebody

jouer un sale ou mauvais tour à quelqu'un to play a nasty ou dirty trick on somebody

ça vous jouera un mauvais ou vilain tour you'll be sorry for it!, it'll catch up with you (one day)!

ma mémoire/vue me joue des tours my memory/sight is playing tricks on me

et le tour est joué! and there you have it!

avoir plus d'un tour dans son sac to have more than one trick up one's sleeve

2. [numéro, technique]

tour d'adresse skilful trick, feat of skill

tour de cartes card trick

tour de passe-passe sleight of hand

D.[ASPECT]

1. [orientation] turn

cette affaire prend un très mauvais tour this business is going very wrong

la discussion prend un très mauvais tour the discussion is taking a nasty turn

tour d'esprit turn ou cast of mind

donner le tour

a. (Suisse) [maladie] to take a turn for the better

b. [personne] to wrap up

2. LINGUISTIQUE [expression] expression, phrase

[en syntaxe] construction

un tour de phrase maladroit an awkward turn of phrase

E.[ROTATION]

1. [d'une roue, d'un cylindre] turn, revolution

[d'un outil] turn

ASTRONOMIE revolution

faire un tour/trois tour s sur soi-même to spin round once/three times (on oneself)

il n'y a qu'un tour de clef the key's only been turned once

donner deux tours de clef to give a key two turns, to turn a key twice

n'oublie pas de donner un tour de clef (à la porte) don't forget to lock the door

tour de manège ride on a roundabout (UK) ou a merry-go-round

tour de vis (turn of the) screw

2. AUTOMOBILE revolution, rev

3. MÉDECINE

tour de reins: attraper ou se donner un tour de reins to put one's back out, to rick one's back

F.technologie lathe

tour de potier potter's wheel

fait au tour (figuré) beautifully made

————————

à tour de bras locution adverbiale

[frapper] with all one's strength ou might

————————

à tour de rôle locution adverbiale

in turn

on peut le faire à tour de rôle si tu veux we can take (it in) turns if you like

tour à tour locution adverbiale

alternately, by turns

————————

tour de chant nom masculin

(song) recital

————————

tour de force nom masculin

tour de force, (amazing) feat

il a réussi le tour de force de la convaincre he managed to convince her, and it was quite a tour de force ou quite an achievement

————————

tour de main nom masculin

1. [savoir-faire] knack

avoir/prendre le tour de main to have/to pick up the knack

c'est un tour (de main) à prendre it's just a knack one has to pick up

2. (locution)

en un tour de main in no time (at all), in the twinkling of an eye

————————

tour de table nom masculin

1. ÉCONOMIE a meeting of shareholders or investors to decide a course of action

2. [débat]

faisons un tour de table I'd like each of you in turn to give his or her comments

réunir un tour de table to organize a brainstorming session

TOUR DE FRANCE

The world-famous annual cycle race starts in a different town each year, but the home stretch is always the Champs-Élysées in Paris. The widespread excitement caused by the race, along with the heroic status of many coureurs-cyclistes, reflects the continuing fondness of the French towards cycling in general.

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tour

15 way

way [weɪ]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

2. adverb

3. compounds

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

   a. ( = route) chemin m

• to ask the way demander son chemin (to pour aller à)

• we went the wrong way nous avons pris le mauvais chemin

• a piece of bread went down the wrong way j'ai (or il a etc) avalé de travers

• we met several people on the way nous avons rencontré plusieurs personnes en chemin

• to lose one's way se perdre

• to make one's way towards... se diriger vers...

• he had to make his own way in Hollywood il a dû se faire sa place à Hollywood

► the way to ( = route to)

can you tell me the way to the tourist office? pouvez-vous m'indiquer le chemin du syndicat d'initiative ?

• I know the way to the station je sais comment aller à la gare

• on the way to London we met... en allant à Londres nous avons rencontré...

• it's on the way to the station c'est sur le chemin de la gare► to be on the way ( = to be coming)

he's on his way il arrive

• more snow is on the way d'autres chutes de neige sont prévues

• she's got twins, and another baby on the way (inf) elle a des jumeaux, et un bébé en route (inf)► the/one's way back/down

• on the way back he met... en revenant il a rencontré...

• he made his way back to the car il est retourné vers la voiture

• I met her on the way down je l'ai rencontrée en descendant

• inflation is on the way down l'inflation est en baisse► the way forward

• they held a meeting to discuss the way forward ils ont organisé une réunion pour discuter de la marche à suivre

• is monetary union the way forward? l'union monétaire est-elle la voie du progrès ?► the way in

• I saw her on the way in je l'ai vue à l'entrée► the way out la sortie

• I'll find my own way out ne vous dérangez pas, je trouverai (bien) la sortie

• you'll see it on the way out vous le verrez en sortant

• there's no other way out il n'y a pas d'autre solution

• there is no way out of this difficulty il n'y a pas moyen d'éviter cette difficulté► a way round

• we're trying to find a way round it nous cherchons un moyen d'éviter ce problème

   b. ( = path) their way was blocked by police la police leur barrait le passage

• to push one's way through a crowd se frayer un chemin à travers une foule

• he tried to talk his way out of it il a essayé de s'en sortir avec de belles paroles

► in the/sb's way

• to be in the way (physically) barrer le passage ; (causing problems) gêner

• am I in your way? est-ce que je vous empêche de passer ?

• to put difficulties in sb's way créer des difficultés à qn► out of the/sb's way

• to get out of the way s'écarter

• (get) out of the or my way! laisse-moi passer !

• to keep out of sb's way ( = avoid them) éviter qn

• as soon as I've got the exams out of the way (inf) dès que les examens seront finis

• I'll take you home, it's not out of my way je vous ramènerai, c'est sur mon chemin

• he went out of his way to help us il s'est donné du mal pour nous aider► to make way for

• they made way for the ambulance ils se sont rangés pour laisser passer l'ambulance

• this made way for a return to democracy ceci a ouvert la voie au rétablissement de la démocratie

   c. ( = distance) a little way off pas très loin

• he stood some way off il se tenait à l'écart

• is it far? -- yes, it's a quite a way (inf) c'est loin ? -- oui, il y a un bon bout de chemin (inf)

• to be a long way away être loin

• that's a long way from the truth c'est loin d'être vrai

• is it finished? -- not by a long way! est-ce terminé ? -- loin de là !

• they've come a long way (figurative) ils ont fait du chemin

• we've got a long way to go (long journey) nous avons beaucoup de chemin à faire ; ( = still far from our objective) nous ne sommes pas au bout de nos peines ; ( = not got enough) nous sommes encore loin du compte

• this spice is expensive, but a little goes a long way cette épice est chère mais on n'a pas besoin d'en mettre beaucoup

• it should go a long way towards improving relations between the two countries cela devrait améliorer considérablement les relations entre les deux pays

► all the way ( = the whole distance)

he had to walk all the way (to the hospital) il a dû faire tout le chemin à pied (jusqu'à l'hôpital)

• he talked all the way to the theatre il a parlé pendant tout le chemin jusqu'au théâtre

• I'm with you all the way (inf) ( = entirely agree) je suis entièrement d'accord avec vous

• I'll be with you all the way ( = will back you up) je vous soutiendrai jusqu'au bout

   d. ( = direction) are you going my way? est-ce que vous allez dans la même direction que moi ?

• he went that way il est parti par là

• which way did he go? dans quelle direction est-il parti ?

• which way do we go from here? (which direction) par où allons-nous maintenant ? ; (what shall we do) qu'allons-nous faire maintenant ?

• he looked the other way il a regardé ailleurs

• he ran this way and that il courait dans tous les sens

• there aren't many parks round our way (inf) il n'y a pas beaucoup de parcs par chez nous

• it's out or over Oxford way (inf) c'est du côté d'Oxford

• the loot was split three ways le butin a été divisé en trois

   e. ( = manner) façon f

• this/that way comme ceci/cela

• what an odd way to behave! quelle drôle de façon de se comporter !

• to do sth the right/wrong way bien/mal faire qch

• do it your own way fais comme tu veux

• everyone helped one way or another tout le monde a aidé d'une façon ou d'une autre

• he has his own way of doing things il a une façon bien à lui de faire les choses

• way to go! (inf!) bravo !

• that's just the way he is il est comme ça, c'est tout

• it's just the way things are c'est la vie !

• to get or have one's own way en faire à son idée

• I won't let him have things all his own way je ne vais pas le laisser faire tout ce qu'il veut

• you can't have it both ways il faut choisir

• there are no two ways about it (inf) il n'y a pas à tortiller (inf)

• your jersey is the wrong way out ton pull est à l'envers

• he didn't hit her, it was the other way round ce n'est pas lui qui l'a frappée, c'est le contraire

• "this way up" « haut »

• the right way up dans le bon sens

• the wrong way up à l'envers

► in a big way (inf)

he furthered my career in a big way il a beaucoup contribué à faire progresser ma carrière

• soccer is taking off in the States in a big way le football connaît un véritable essor aux États-Unis► no way! (inf) pas question !

• no way am I doing that (il n'est) pas question que je fasse ça

• I'm not paying, no way! je refuse de payer, un point c'est tout !

• will you come? -- no way! tu viens ? -- pas question !

• there's no way that's champagne! ce n'est pas possible que ce soit du champagne !

   f. ( = method, technique) solution f

• the best way is to put it in the freezer for ten minutes le mieux, c'est de le mettre au congélateur pendant dix minutes

• we'll find a way of doing it nous trouverons bien un moyen de le faire

• that's the way to do it voilà comment il faut faire

• that's the way! (inf) voilà, c'est bien !

► to have a way with

• he has a way with people il sait s'y prendre avec les gens

• he has a way with cars il s'y connaît en voitures

• to have a way with words manier les mots avec bonheur

   g. ( = situation, nature) that's always the way c'est toujours comme ça

• it's the way of the world! ainsi va le monde !

• to be in a bad way (inf) aller mal

   h. ( = habit) to get into/out of the way of doing sth prendre/perdre l'habitude de faire qch

• don't be offended, it's just his way ne vous vexez pas, il est comme ça, c'est tout

• I know his little ways je connais ses petites habitudes

• they didn't like his pretentious ways ils n'aimaient pas ses manières prétentieuses

• to mend one's ways s'amender

   i. ( = respect, particular) in some ways à certains égards

• in more ways than one à plus d'un titre

• he's right in a way il a raison dans un certain sens

• he's in no way to blame ce n'est vraiment pas de sa faute

• "I'm superstitious", she said by way of explanation « je suis superstitieuse », dit-elle en guise d'explication

• what is there in the way of kitchen utensils? qu'est-ce qu'il y a comme ustensiles de cuisine ?

2. adverb

• way down below tout en bas

• way up in the sky très haut dans le ciel

• you're way out in your calculations (inf) tu as fait une grosse erreur dans tes calculs

• it's way too big c'est beaucoup trop grand

• it's way past your bedtime ça fait longtemps que tu devrais être au lit

3. compounds

► way of life noun mode m de vie

• the French way of life le mode de vie des Français

• such shortages are a way of life de telles pénuries font partie de la vie de tous les jours ► way-out (inf) adjective excentrique

► ways and means plural noun moyens mpl ( of doing sth de faire qch)

► way station noun (US) petite gare f ; (figurative = stage) étape f

* * *
[weɪ] 1.
noun

1) (route, road) chemin m ( from de; to à)

to live over the way — (colloq) habiter en face

the quickest way to town — le chemin le plus court pour aller en ville

if we go this way — si nous prenons cette route

to ask the way to — demander le chemin pour aller à

how did that find its way in here? — comment est-ce que c'est arrivé ici?

the way ahead — lit le chemin devant moi/eux etc

the way ahead looks difficult — fig l'avenir s'annonce difficile

there is no way around the problem — il n'y a pas moyen de contourner le problème

on the way back — sur le chemin du retour

on the way back from the meeting — en revenant de la réunion

the way forward — fig la clé de l'avenir

the way in — l'entrée (to de)

‘way in’ — ‘entrée’

the way out — la sortie (of de)

the quickest way out is through here — c'est par ici que l'on sort le plus vite

there's no way out — fig il n'y a pas d'échappatoire

a way out of our difficulties — un moyen de nous sortir de nos difficultés

the way up — la montée

on the way — en route

we're on the way to Mary's — nous allons chez Mary

on the way past — en passant

I'm on my way — j'arrive

on your way through town — en traversant la ville

his house is on your way to town — tu passes devant chez lui en allant au centre-ville

I must be on my way — il faut que je parte

to go on one's way — se remettre en route

to send somebody on his way — ( tell to go away) envoyer promener quelqu'un (colloq)

to be well on the ou one's way to doing — être bien parti pour faire

to be on the way out — fig passer de mode

she's got four kids and another one on the way — (colloq) elle a quatre gosses et un autre en route (colloq)

to be out of somebody's way — ne pas être sur le chemin de quelqu'un

don't go out of your way to do — ne t'embête pas à faire

to go out of one's way to make somebody feel uncomfortable — tout faire pour que quelqu'un se sente mal à l'aise

out of the way — ( isolated) isolé; ( unusual) extraordinaire

along the way — lit en chemin; fig en cours de route

by way of — ( via) en passant par

to go the way of somebody/something — finir comme quelqu'un/quelque chose

to make one's way towards — se diriger vers

to make one's way along — avancer le long de

to make one's own way there — se débrouiller seul pour y arriver

to lie one's way out of trouble — se sortir d'affaire en mentant

2) ( direction) direction f, sens m

which way did he go? — dans quelle direction est-il parti?

he went that way — il est parti par là

come ou step this way — suivez-moi, venez par ici

‘this way for the zoo’ — ‘vers le zoo’

‘this way up’ — ‘haut’

to look this way and that — regarder dans toutes les directions

to look the other way — ( to see) regarder de l'autre côté; ( to avoid unpleasant thing) détourner les yeux; fig ( to ignore) fermer les yeux

to go every which way — partir dans tous les sens

the other way up — dans l'autre sens

the right way up — dans le bon sens

the wrong way up — à l'envers

to turn something the other way around — retourner quelque chose

I didn't ask her, it was the other way around — ce n'est pas moi qui lui ai demandé, c'est l'inverse

the wrong/right way around — dans le mauvais/bon sens

you're Ben and you're Tom, is that the right way around? — tu es Ben, et toi tu es Tom, c'est bien ça?

if you're ever down our way — si jamais tu passes près de chez nous

she's coming our way — elle vient vers nous

an opportunity came my way — une occasion s'est présentée

to put something somebody's way — (colloq) filer quelque chose à quelqu'un (colloq)

everything's going my way — tout me sourit

3) (space in front, projected route) passage m

to be in somebody's way — empêcher quelqu'un de passer

to be in the way — gêner le passage

she won't let anything get in the way of her ambition — elle ne laissera rien entraver son ambition

to get out of the way — s'écarter (du chemin)

to get out of somebody's way — laisser passer quelqu'un

put that somewhere out of the way — mets ça quelque part où ça ne gêne pas

out of my way! — pousse-toi!

get him out of the way before the boss gets here! — fais-le disparaître d'ici avant que le patron arrive!

once the election is out of the way — une fois les élections passées

to keep out of the way — rester à l'écart

to keep out of somebody's way — éviter quelqu'un

to keep somebody out of somebody's way — ( to avoid annoyance) tenir quelqu'un à l'écart de quelqu'un

to keep something out of somebody's way — (to avoid injury, harm) garder quelque chose hors de portée de quelqu'un

to make way — s'écarter

to make way for somebody/something — faire place à quelqu'un/quelque chose

4) ( distance) distance f

it's a long way — c'est loin (to jusqu'à)

to be a short way off — lit être près

my birthday is still some way off — mon anniversaire est encore loin

we still have some way to go before doing — lit, fig nous avons encore du chemin à faire avant de faire

to go all the way to China — faire tout le voyage jusqu'en Chine

I'm with you ou behind you all the way — je suis de tout cœur avec toi

5) ( manner) façon f, manière f

do it this/that way — fais-le comme ceci/cela

let me explain it another way — laisse-moi t'expliquer autrement

to do something the French way — faire quelque chose comme les Français

to do something the right/wrong way — faire bien/mal quelque chose

you're going about it the wrong way — tu t'y prends très mal

try to see it my way — mets-toi à ma place

in his/her/its own way — à sa façon

to have a way with something — s'y connaître en quelque chose

to have a way with children — savoir s'y prendre avec les enfants

she certainly has a way with her — (colloq) GB elle sait décidément s'y prendre avec les gens

a way of doing — ( method) une façon or manière de faire; ( means) un moyen de faire

to my way of thinking — à mon avis

that's the way to do it! — voilà comment il faut s'y prendre!

that's the way! — voilà, c'est bien!

what a way to run a company! — en voilà une façon de gérer une entreprise!

I like the way he dresses — j'aime la façon dont il s'habille

whichever way you look at it — de quelque façon que tu envisages les choses

either way, she's wrong — de toute façon, elle a tort

one way or another — d'une façon ou d'une autre

one way and another it's been rather eventful — tout compte fait ça a été assez mouvementé

I don't care one way or the other — ça m'est égal

no two ways about it — cela ne fait aucun doute

you can't have it both ways — on ne peut pas avoir le beurre et l'argent du beurre

no way! — (colloq) pas question! (colloq)

6) (respect, aspect) sens m

in a way it's sad — en un sens c'est triste

in a way that's true — dans une certaine mesure c'est vrai

can I help in any way? — puis-je faire quoi que ce soit?

in every way possible — dans la mesure du possible

in many ways — à bien des égards

in some ways — à certains égards

in no way, not in any way — aucunement

this is in no way a criticism — cela n'est en aucune façon une critique

not much in the way of news — il n'y a pas beaucoup de nouvelles

what have you got in the way of drinks? — qu'est-ce que vous avez comme boissons?

by way of light relief — en guise de divertissement

7) (custom, manner) coutume f, manière f

that's the modern way — c'est la coutume d'aujourd'hui

I know all her little ways — je connais toutes ses petites habitudes

that's just his way — il est comme ça

it's the way of the world — c'est la vie

8) (will, desire)

to get one's way —

to have one's own way — faire à son idée

she likes (to have) her own way — elle aime n'en faire qu'à sa tête

if I had my way... — si cela ne tenait qu'à moi...

have it your (own) way — comme tu voudras
2.
adverb

we went way over budget — le budget a été largement dépassé

to be way out — (in guess, estimate) être loin du compte

to go way beyond what is necessary — aller bien au-delà de ce qui est nécessaire

that's way out of order — je trouve ça un peu fort
3.
by the way adverbial phrase en passant

by the way,... — à propos,...

what time is it, by the way? — quelle heure est-il, au fait?

but that's just by the way — mais ce n'est qu'une parenthèse

English-French dictionary > way

16 Artificial Intelligence

   1) Programs and the Complexity of Human Mental Processes

   In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)

   2) Artificial Intelligence Is an Engineering Discipline

   Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)

   3) A Sceptical View of Artificial Intelligence

   Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inﬂated predictions....

   When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)

   4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually

   Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   5) Problems in Machine Intelligence Arise Because Things Obvious to Any Person Are Not Represented in the Program

   Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)

   6) The Meaning of a Symbolic Description

   What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   7) The Principle of Artificial Intelligence

   [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)

   8) Artificial Intelligence Recognizes the Need for Knowledge in Its Systems

   The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)

   9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form

   The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)

    10) There Are Many Types of Reasoning

   There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:

    Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins ﬂy? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can ﬂy, so robins probably can ﬂy."

    Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)

    11) Programs Are Beginning to Do Things That Critics Have Asserted to Be Impossible

   Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)

    12) The Synthesis of Man and Machine

   Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)

    13) The Thesis of Good Old-Fashioned Artificial Intelligence (GOFAI)

   The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)

    14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation

   It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)

    15) Four Kinds of Artificial Intelligence

   We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.

   ♦ Nonpsychological AI

   Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.

   ♦ Weak Psychological AI

   Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.

   ♦ Strong Psychological AI

... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)

   ♦ Suprapsychological AI

   Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)

    16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts

   Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)

    17) Form and Content Are Not Fundamentally Different

   Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System

   Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence

   The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.

   The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)

    20) Mathematical Logic Provides the Basis for Theory in AI

   The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....

   AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)

    21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions

   In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)

    22) Definitions of Artificial Intelligence

   Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)

    23) The Computer Can Not Be a Model of the Mind

   Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)

    24) Computers Will Not Always Be Inferior to Human Brains

   The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence

17 own

əun
1. verb
1) (to have as a possession: I own a car.) poseer, tener, ser dueño de

2) (to admit that something is true: I own that I have not been working very hard.) confesar, admitir

2. adjective, pronoun
(belonging to (the person stated): The house is my own; I saw it with my own eyes.) propio

- owner
- ownership
- get one's own back
- own up

own¹ adj propio

he's got his own computer tiene ordenador propio

I've got my own room tengo mi propia habitación

own² pron mío / tuyo / suyo

is that car your own, or is it somebody else's? ¿es tuyo ese coche, o es de otra persona?

a room of my own una habitación para mí solo

on one's own solo / sin ayuda

I was on my own in the house estuve solo en casa

can you do it on your own? ¿lo puedes hacer tú solo?

own³ vb poseer / tener / ser dueño de

do you own a car? ¿tienes coche?

own

tr[əʊn]

adjective

1 propio,-a

■ it's all my own work lo he hecho todo yo

■ they grow their own vegetables cultivan sus propios verduras

■ he saw it with his own eyes lo vio con sus propios ojos

■ it's her own fault la culpa es de ella misma

pronoun

1 propio,-a

■ would you like to borrow mine or do you have your own? ¿quieres que te deje el mío o ya tienes uno propio?

■ where's my dinner? - get your own! ¿dónde está mi comida? - ¡prepárala tú mismo!

■ for reasons of his own por razones personales

transitive verb

1 (possess) poseer, ser dueño,-a de, tener

■ he owns this land es dueño de estas tierras

■ who owns that house? ¿de quién es aquella casa?

2 (confess) reconocer, admitir

intransitive verb

1 (confess, admit) reconocer (to, -)

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

on one's own (alone) solo,-a 2 (without help) uno,-a mismo,-a

to come into one's own (do well) lucirse 2 (receive recognition) ser reconocido,-a 3 (show true qualities) demostrar lo que se vale

to get one's own back vengarse, tomarse la revancha

to hold one's own defenderse, saber defenderse

own brand marca propia

own goal gol nombre masculino en propia portería

own v ['o:n] vt

1) possess: poseer, tener, ser dueño de

2) admit: reconocer, admitir

own vi

to own up : reconocer (algo), admitir (algo)

own adj

: propio, personal, particular

his own car: su propio coche

own pron, my ; (your, his/her, our, their) ; own : el mío, la mía; el tuyo, la tuya; el suyo, la suya; el nuestro, la nuestra

to each his own: cada uno a lo suyo

money of my own: mi propio dinero

to be on one's own: estar solo

own

adj.

• particular adj.

• propio, -a adj.

adj.indef.

• mismo adj.indef.

n.

• lo suyo s.m.

• suyo s.m.

pron.

• mismo pron.

v.

• poseer v.

• reconocer v.

(§pres: reconozco, reconoces...)

• ser dueño de v.

• tener v.

(§pres: tengo, tienes...tenemos) pret: tuv-

fut/c: tendr-•)

I əʊn
transitive verb

1) ( possess) \<\<property\>\> tener*, ser* dueño de, poseer* (frml)

do you own the house? — ¿la casa es tuya?

she acts as if she owns the place — se comporta como si fuera la dueña y señora del lugar

2) ( admit) (frml) reconocer*, admitir

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- own up

II

adjective

my/her/your etc own: in our own house en nuestra propia casa; I saw it with my (very) own eyes lo vi con mis propios ojos; she makes her own clothes se hace la ropa ella misma; it's all my own work lo hice todo yo; I'll find my own way out — no hace falta que me acompañe hasta la salida

III

pronoun

my/her/your etc own: it isn't a company car: it's her own no es un coche de la empresa, es suyo (propio); she wanted a room of her own quería una habitación para ella sola; she has enough work of her own without helping you too tiene bastante trabajo propio como para estar ayudándote a ti; Florence has a charm all (of) its own Florencia tiene un encanto muy particular; on one's own solo; you're on your own from now on de ahora en adelante te las arreglarás por tu cuenta; to call something one's own: I don't have a moment to call my own no tengo ni un minuto para mí; to come into one's own: she really comes into her own in the final act en el último acto es cuando verdaderamente se luce; to get one's own back (BrE colloq) desquitarse; I can't wait to get my own back on him no veo el momento de desquitarme or de hacérselas pagar; to hold one's own — saber* defenderse

I [ǝʊn]
1. VT

1) (=possess) [+ object, goods] tener, poseer; [+ land, house, company] ser dueño de, poseer

he owns two tractors — tiene or posee dos tractores

he owns three newspapers — es dueño de tres periódicos

do you own your own house? — ¿tienes casa propia?, ¿tienes una casa de tu propiedad?

who owns the newspaper? — ¿quién es el propietario or dueño del periódico?

who owns this pen? — ¿de quién es esta pluma?

a cat nobody wants to own — un gato que nadie quiere reclamar

as if he owned the place — como si dueño del lugar

you don't own me! — ¡no te pertenezco!

2) (=admit) reconocer, admitir

I own I was wrong — reconozco or admito que me equivoqué

he owned the child as his — reconoció al niño como suyo

2.

VI

to own to sth — confesar or reconocer algo

- own up

II [ǝʊn]
1.

ADJ propio

the house has its own garage — la casa tiene garaje propio

in her own house — en su propia casa

it's all my own money — todo el dinero es mío

2.

PRON

my/his/her etc own: the house is her own — la casa es de su propiedad or le pertenece

my time is my own — dispongo de mi tiempo como quiero

we all look after our own — todos cuidamos lo nuestro

• he has a style all his own — tiene un estilo muy suyo or propio

• I'm so busy I can scarcely call my time my own — estoy tan ocupado que apenas dispongo de mi tiempo

without a chair to call my own — sin una silla que pueda decir que es mía

• can I have it for my own? — ¿puedo quedarme con él?

• he made the theory his own — hizo suya la teoría, adoptó la teoría

• she has money of her own — tiene su propio dinero

a place of one's own — (una) casa propia

I'll give you a copy of your own — te daré una copia para ti

for reasons of his own — él sabrá por qué

• to be on one's own — estar solo

now we're on our own — ya estamos solos or a solas

if I can get him on his own — si puedo hablar con él a solas

to do sth on one's own — (=unaccompanied) hacer algo por su cuenta; (=unaided) hacer algo solo or sin ayuda (de nadie)

• you'll have a room of your very own — tendrás una habitación para ti solo

- get one's own back

to come into one's own —

women came into their own during the Second World War — las mujeres no se hicieron valer hasta la Segunda Guerra Mundial

his ideas really came into their own in the sixties — hasta los años sesenta no se valoraron de verdad sus ideas

- hold one's own

he can hold his own with the best of them — no le va a la zaga ni al mejor de ellos

I can hold my own in German — me defiendo en alemán

- each to his own

3.

CPD

own brand N — (Comm) marca f propia (de un supermercado etc)
own-brand
own goal N — (Brit) (Sport) autogol m
(fig)
the campaign was considered a public relations own goal for the government — la campaña se consideró un perjuicio que el gobierno se ha hecho a sí mismo or un gol que el gobierno se ha marcado a sí mismo en el ámbito de las relaciones públicas

own label N — = own brand

* * *

I [əʊn]
transitive verb

1) ( possess) \<\<property\>\> tener*, ser* dueño de, poseer* (frml)

do you own the house? — ¿la casa es tuya?

she acts as if she owns the place — se comporta como si fuera la dueña y señora del lugar

2) ( admit) (frml) reconocer*, admitir

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- own up

II

adjective

my/her/your etc own: in our own house en nuestra propia casa; I saw it with my (very) own eyes lo vi con mis propios ojos; she makes her own clothes se hace la ropa ella misma; it's all my own work lo hice todo yo; I'll find my own way out — no hace falta que me acompañe hasta la salida

III

pronoun

my/her/your etc own: it isn't a company car: it's her own no es un coche de la empresa, es suyo (propio); she wanted a room of her own quería una habitación para ella sola; she has enough work of her own without helping you too tiene bastante trabajo propio como para estar ayudándote a ti; Florence has a charm all (of) its own Florencia tiene un encanto muy particular; on one's own solo; you're on your own from now on de ahora en adelante te las arreglarás por tu cuenta; to call something one's own: I don't have a moment to call my own no tengo ni un minuto para mí; to come into one's own: she really comes into her own in the final act en el último acto es cuando verdaderamente se luce; to get one's own back (BrE colloq) desquitarse; I can't wait to get my own back on him no veo el momento de desquitarme or de hacérselas pagar; to hold one's own — saber* defenderse

English-spanish dictionary > own

18 alojamiento

m.

1 accommodation.

dar alojamiento a to put up

alojamiento y comida board and lodging

2 lodge, accommodations, billet, lodging.

* * *

alojamiento

► nombre masculino

1 lodging, accommodation

■ dar alojamiento a alguien to give accommodation to somebody

* * *

noun m.

accommodation, rooms, lodgings

* * *

SM (=lugar de hospedaje) lodging, lodgings pl ; (Mil) billet, quarters pl ; And (=pensión) small hotel, boarding house

buscar alojamiento — to look for accommodation

dar alojamiento — to put up, accommodate

* * *

masculino accommodations (pl) (AmE), accommodation (BrE)

nos dio alojamiento — he put us up

* * *

= housing, quarters, lodging, accommodation, digs, living quarters.

Ex. The form of these terms, whether descriptors or non-descriptors, is usually one of the following: single words, e.g. Government, Hovercraft, housing.

Ex. Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

Ex. All these CD-ROM software products provide highly customized itineraries; very good route maps; and listings of lodgings, amusement parks, zoos, aquariums, and other sights along the way.

Ex. NACs deal with a wide range of topics such as public and private rented accommodation, rents, rebates and allowances, improvement grants, landlord-tenant relations, environmental health, and house purchase.

Ex. Don't go to France thinking that your cherished ancient library from your 50s/60s school days remains unchanged amid the splendour of its beautiful if dingy old digs.

Ex. The captain's living quarters in a warship were furnished according to his pocket, the bare necessities in the case of an officer without private means, and luxury for a noble or wealthy man.

----

* alojamiento barato = budget accommodation.

* alojamiento de alquiler = rented accommodation, residential property.

* alojamiento de lujo = mews cottage.

* alojamiento de páginas web = web hosting.

* alojamiento económico = budget accommodation.

* alojamiento en hotel = hotel accommodation.

* alojamiento en régimen de pensión completa = full-board accommodation.

* asesoría de alojamiento = housing advice centre.

* comida y alojamiento = board and lodging.

* encontrar alojamiento = find + a home.

* gastos de alojamiento = lodging expenses, lodging costs.

* información de alojamiento = housing information.

* traslado de alojamiento = rehousing.

* * *

masculino accommodations (pl) (AmE), accommodation (BrE)

nos dio alojamiento — he put us up

* * *

= housing, quarters, lodging, accommodation, digs, living quarters.

Ex: The form of these terms, whether descriptors or non-descriptors, is usually one of the following: single words, e.g. Government, Hovercraft, housing.

Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

Ex: All these CD-ROM software products provide highly customized itineraries; very good route maps; and listings of lodgings, amusement parks, zoos, aquariums, and other sights along the way.

Ex: NACs deal with a wide range of topics such as public and private rented accommodation, rents, rebates and allowances, improvement grants, landlord-tenant relations, environmental health, and house purchase.

Ex: Don't go to France thinking that your cherished ancient library from your 50s/60s school days remains unchanged amid the splendour of its beautiful if dingy old digs.

Ex: The captain's living quarters in a warship were furnished according to his pocket, the bare necessities in the case of an officer without private means, and luxury for a noble or wealthy man.

* alojamiento barato = budget accommodation.

* alojamiento de alquiler = rented accommodation, residential property.

* alojamiento de lujo = mews cottage.

* alojamiento de páginas web = web hosting.

* alojamiento económico = budget accommodation.

* alojamiento en hotel = hotel accommodation.

* alojamiento en régimen de pensión completa = full-board accommodation.

* asesoría de alojamiento = housing advice centre.

* comida y alojamiento = board and lodging.

* encontrar alojamiento = find + a home.

* gastos de alojamiento = lodging expenses, lodging costs.

* información de alojamiento = housing information.

* traslado de alojamiento = rehousing.

* * *

alojamiento

masculine

accommodations (pl) ( AmE), accommodation ( BrE)

un amigo nos dio alojamiento a friend put us up o gave us accommodations o accommodation

Compuesto:

alojamiento de página(s) web

( Inf) web hosting

* * *

alojamiento sustantivo masculino
accommodations (pl) (AmE), accommodation (BrE);
◊ nos dio alojamiento he put us up

alojamiento sustantivo masculino accommodation
dar alojamiento, to accommodate

' alojamiento' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acomodar
- pensión
- albergue
English:
accommodation
- board
- boarding
- dig
- lodging
- quarter
- bed
- fix
- residential

* * *

alojamiento nm

accommodation;

estoy buscando alojamiento I'm looking for accommodation;

el precio incluye el alojamiento the price includes accommodation;

dar alojamiento a alguien to put sb up

* * *

alojamiento

m accommodations pl, Br

accommodation

* * *

alojamiento nm

: lodging, accommodations pl

* * *

alojamiento n accommodation

Spanish-English dictionary > alojamiento

19 aumento

m.

1 increase, rise.

un aumento del 10 por ciento a 10 percent increase

un aumento de los precios a price rise

las temperaturas experimentarán un ligero aumento temperatures will rise slightly

ir en aumento to be on the increase

aumento lineal across-the-board pay rise (de sueldo)

aumento de sueldo pay rise

2 promotion.

3 magnifying power.

4 jump.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: aumentar.

* * *

aumento

► nombre masculino

1 increase, growth

2 (óptica) magnification

3 (fotos) enlargement

4 (sonido) amplification

5 (salario) rise, US raise

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ir en aumento to be on the increase

aumento de precios rise in prices

* * *

noun m.

1) increase

2) raise

* * *

SM

1) [de tamaño] increase; (Fot) enlargement; (Ópt) magnification

2) [de cantidad, producción, velocidad, intensidad] increase; [de precio] increase, rise

un aumento del número de turistas — an increase in the number of tourists

se registró un aumento de temperatura — an increase o rise in temperature was recorded

un aumento del calor — a rise in temperature

aumento de peso — [en objeto] increase in weight; [en persona] weight gain

aumento de población — population increase

aumento de precio — rise in price

aumento de sueldo, aumento salarial — (pay) rise

3) (Elec, Radio) amplification

4)

ir en aumento — to be on the increase

5) (Ópt) magnification

una lente de 30 aumentos — a lens of 30x magnification

unas gafas de mucho aumento — glasses with very strong lenses

6) Méx (=posdata) postscript

* * *

masculino

a) ( incremento) rise, increase

pedir un aumento — to ask for a raise (AmE) o (BrE) rise

las tarifas sufrirán un ligero aumento — there will be a small increase o rise in fares

aumento de algo: aumento de peso increase in weight; aumento de temperatura rise in temperature; aumento de precio price rise o increase; aumento de sueldo — salary increase, pay raise (AmE), pay rise (BrE)

b) (Ópt) magnification

lentes con or de mucho aumento — glasses with very strong lenses

* * *

= boost, build-up [buildup], extension, growth, increase, rise, tide, expansion, deepening, augmentation, increase in numbers, growth in number, surge, upswing, widening, waxing, enlargement, heightening.

Ex. Consequently, Leforte came to expect -- perhaps even take for granted -- the periodic boosts of ego and income that the evaluations provided.

Ex. No problem usually with terminals and micros but there could be an undesirable temperature build-up in confined areas.

Ex. These can be seen as extensions of the supportive role provided by Neighbourhood Advice Centres to community groups.

Ex. This document contains information on such concepts as settlement, urban growth, field patterns, forest clearance and many others.

Ex. The term you have chosen indicates an increase in specificity, since it is one of the members of the group described by the basic term.

Ex. The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.

Ex. What has happened is that yet another institution has so overlapped with our own that we are being swept along on the tide of the technological revolution.

Ex. This is not a simple general expansion of a description but an increasing emphasis upon aspects of the book.

Ex. There is a categorical moral imperative for a deepening and a renewal of the concept of collegiality -- that is a blend of intense competition and mutual support -- in relations between research scholars and research librarians.

Ex. If the budget will not permit staff augmentation, then the reference librarian must help the department head to make the most of available resources.

Ex. The present increase in numbers of overseas students in Australia tertiary institutions has implications for libraries.

Ex. The growth in number of national, regional and international agricultural organisations has resulted in a vast output of scientific and technical literature, issued in a wide variety of forms.

Ex. The Internet is also creating a new surge of interest in information in all forms, and a revitalized interest in reading.

Ex. The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.

Ex. Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.

Ex. This waning of one discipline and waxing of another represents the fundamental incommensurability, yet mutual dependence, of existing disciplinary categories of knowledge.

Ex. This enlargement of interests forms the basis of the claim to provide an information education appropriate to other than library-type environments.

Ex. The arts can serve the heightening of our sensibilities to the theological dimensions of cultural movements.

----

* aumento acelerado = spurt.

* aumento acusado = sharp increase.

* aumento asociado a la inflación = inflation-adjusted.

* aumento de = increased.

* aumento de cantidad = increase in quantity.

* aumento de costes = increased costs, cost increase.

* aumento de la demanda = increase in (the) demand, increased demand.

* aumento de la producción = increased production.

* aumento de las diferencias entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.

* aumento del conocimiento = knowledge building.

* aumento de los impuestos = tax increase.

* aumento del uso = increased use.

* aumento de pecho = breast augmentation, breast enlargement.

* aumento de peso = weight gain.

* aumento de precios = price increase, increased price.

* aumento de tamaño = increase in size.

* aumento en espesor = thickening.

* aumento notable = rising tide.

* aumento repentino = upsurge.

* aumento salarial = salary increase, pay rise, salary rise.

* aumento salarial por méritos = merit salary increase.

* aumento transitorio de tensión = surge.

* aumento vertiginoso = explosion, spiralling [spiraling, -USA].

* conceder aumento salarial = award + salary increase.

* en aumento = burgeoning, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, growing, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* espejo de aumento = magnifying mirror.

* experimentar un aumento = experience + rise.

* experimentar un aumento vertiginoso = experience + explosion.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* lector de aumento = magnifying reader.

* lente de aumento = magnifying glass, magnifier.

* mamoplastía de aumento = augmentation mammoplasty.

* ritmo de aumento = rate of increase.

* tasa de aumento = growth rate, rate of growth, rate of increase.

* * *

masculino

a) ( incremento) rise, increase

pedir un aumento — to ask for a raise (AmE) o (BrE) rise

las tarifas sufrirán un ligero aumento — there will be a small increase o rise in fares

aumento de algo: aumento de peso increase in weight; aumento de temperatura rise in temperature; aumento de precio price rise o increase; aumento de sueldo — salary increase, pay raise (AmE), pay rise (BrE)

b) (Ópt) magnification

lentes con or de mucho aumento — glasses with very strong lenses

* * *

= boost, build-up [buildup], extension, growth, increase, rise, tide, expansion, deepening, augmentation, increase in numbers, growth in number, surge, upswing, widening, waxing, enlargement, heightening.

Ex: Consequently, Leforte came to expect -- perhaps even take for granted -- the periodic boosts of ego and income that the evaluations provided.

Ex: No problem usually with terminals and micros but there could be an undesirable temperature build-up in confined areas.

Ex: These can be seen as extensions of the supportive role provided by Neighbourhood Advice Centres to community groups.

Ex: This document contains information on such concepts as settlement, urban growth, field patterns, forest clearance and many others.

Ex: The term you have chosen indicates an increase in specificity, since it is one of the members of the group described by the basic term.

Ex: The rapid rise of computer literacy in the world has led to a demand for the easy availability of many kinds of information.

Ex: What has happened is that yet another institution has so overlapped with our own that we are being swept along on the tide of the technological revolution.

Ex: This is not a simple general expansion of a description but an increasing emphasis upon aspects of the book.

Ex: There is a categorical moral imperative for a deepening and a renewal of the concept of collegiality -- that is a blend of intense competition and mutual support -- in relations between research scholars and research librarians.

Ex: If the budget will not permit staff augmentation, then the reference librarian must help the department head to make the most of available resources.

Ex: The present increase in numbers of overseas students in Australia tertiary institutions has implications for libraries.

Ex: The growth in number of national, regional and international agricultural organisations has resulted in a vast output of scientific and technical literature, issued in a wide variety of forms.

Ex: The Internet is also creating a new surge of interest in information in all forms, and a revitalized interest in reading.

Ex: The author discusses the current upswing in paperback sales of children's books in the USA and the slump in hardback sales.

Ex: Despite growth in export volume in recent years, there has been a widening of the national current account deficit from 8.8% to over 20%.

Ex: This waning of one discipline and waxing of another represents the fundamental incommensurability, yet mutual dependence, of existing disciplinary categories of knowledge.

Ex: This enlargement of interests forms the basis of the claim to provide an information education appropriate to other than library-type environments.

Ex: The arts can serve the heightening of our sensibilities to the theological dimensions of cultural movements.

* aumento acelerado = spurt.

* aumento acusado = sharp increase.

* aumento asociado a la inflación = inflation-adjusted.

* aumento de = increased.

* aumento de cantidad = increase in quantity.

* aumento de costes = increased costs, cost increase.

* aumento de la demanda = increase in (the) demand, increased demand.

* aumento de la producción = increased production.

* aumento de las diferencias entre... y = widening gap between... and, widening of the gap beween.... and.

* aumento del conocimiento = knowledge building.

* aumento de los impuestos = tax increase.

* aumento del uso = increased use.

* aumento de pecho = breast augmentation, breast enlargement.

* aumento de peso = weight gain.

* aumento de precios = price increase, increased price.

* aumento de tamaño = increase in size.

* aumento en espesor = thickening.

* aumento notable = rising tide.

* aumento repentino = upsurge.

* aumento salarial = salary increase, pay rise, salary rise.

* aumento salarial por méritos = merit salary increase.

* aumento transitorio de tensión = surge.

* aumento vertiginoso = explosion, spiralling [spiraling, -USA].

* conceder aumento salarial = award + salary increase.

* en aumento = burgeoning, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, growing, heightening.

* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.

* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.

* espejo de aumento = magnifying mirror.

* experimentar un aumento = experience + rise.

* experimentar un aumento vertiginoso = experience + explosion.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* lector de aumento = magnifying reader.

* lente de aumento = magnifying glass, magnifier.

* mamoplastía de aumento = augmentation mammoplasty.

* ritmo de aumento = rate of increase.

* tasa de aumento = growth rate, rate of growth, rate of increase.

* * *

aumento

masculine

1 (incremento) rise, increase

pedir un aumento to ask for a pay raise ( AmE) o ( BrE) rise

las tarifas experimentarán or sufrirán un ligero aumento there will be a small increase o rise in fares

la tensión va en aumento tension is growing o mounting o increasing

el aumento de las cotizaciones en las bolsas the rise in stock market prices

la velocidad del cuerpo va en aumento a medida que … the speed of the object increases as …

aumento DE algo:

aumento de peso increase in weight, weight gain

aumento de temperatura rise in temperature

aumento de precio price rise o increase

aumento de sueldo salary increase, pay raise ( AmE), pay rise ( BrE)

2 ( Ópt) magnification

un microscopio de 20 aumentos a microscope with a magnifying power o magnification of 20

tiene gafas or ( AmL) lentes con or de mucho aumento he wears glasses with very strong lenses

* * *

Del verbo aumentar: ( conjugate aumentar)

aumento es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

aumentó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
aumentar
aumento
aumentar ( conjugate aumentar) verbo transitivo
a) ( en general) to increase;

‹precio/sueldo› to increase, raise
b) (Opt) to magnify

verbo intransitivo [temperatura/presión] to rise;
[ velocidad] to increase;
[precio/producción/valor] to increase, rise;
◊ aumentoá el frío it will become colder;

aumento de algo ‹de volumen/tamaño› to increase in sth;
aumentó de peso he put on o gained weight
aumento sustantivo masculino
a) ( incremento) rise, increase;

◊ aumento de peso increase in weight;

aumento de temperatura rise in temperature;
aumento de precio price rise o increase;
aumento de sueldo salary increase, pay raise (AmE), pay rise (BrE)
b) (Ópt) magnification;

◊ lentes de mucho aumento glasses with very strong lenses

aumentar
I verbo transitivo to increase
Fot to enlarge
Ópt to magnify
II vi (una cantidad) to go up, rise
(de valor) to appreciate
aumento sustantivo masculino
1 increase
aumento de sueldo, pay rise
2 Fot enlargement
3 Ópt magnification
' aumento' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
lente
- más
- petición
- producción
- progresiva
- progresivo
- salarial
- agudo
- auge
- aumentar
- autorizar
- bonificación
- escalada
- nubosidad
- prever
- prometido
- rápido
- representar
- retroactivo
- sensible
- triple
- valorización
- votar
English:
appreciation
- attribute
- bolster
- build-up
- by
- gain
- growing
- growth
- hike
- hysteria
- improvement
- increase
- leap
- mount
- negotiate
- of
- raise
- rise
- surge
- wage increase
- build
- glass
- jump
- pay
- rising
- settlement
- up

* * *

aumento nm

1. [de temperatura, precio, gastos, tensión] increase, rise;
[de sueldo] Br rise, US raise; [de velocidad] increase;
un aumento del 10 por ciento a 10 percent increase;

un aumento de los precios a price rise;

las temperaturas experimentarán un ligero aumento temperatures will rise slightly;

ir o [m5] estar en aumento to be on the increase

Comp
aumento lineal [de sueldo] across-the-board pay Br rise o US raise;
aumento de sueldo pay increase;

pedir un aumento de sueldo to ask for a (pay) Br rise o US raise

2. [en óptica] magnification;

una lente de 20 aumentos a lens of magnification x 20

3. Méx [posdata] postscript

* * *

aumento

m de precios, temperaturas etc rise (de in), increase (de in);

aumento salarial o

de sueldo raise, Br (pay) rise;

ir en aumento be increasing

* * *

aumento nm

incremento: increase, rise

* * *

aumento n increase / rise

un aumento de sueldo a pay rise

aumento de precios a price increase

aumento de la temperatura a rise in temperature

ir en aumento to be increasing / to be rising

Spanish-English dictionary > aumento

20 conmoción

f.

1 commotion, bustle, shake, stir.

2 commotion, bustle, tumult, riot.

3 fuss, anxious preparations.

* * *

conmoción

► nombre femenino

1 commotion, shock

■ causar conmoción to cause a commotion

2 MEDICINA concussion

3 (levantamiento) riot

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

conmoción cerebral concussion

* * *

noun f.

shock

* * *

SF

1) (Geol) shock, tremor

2) (Med)

conmoción cerebral — concussion

3) (=perturbación) shock

producir una conmoción desagradable a algn — to give sb a nasty shock

4) (Pol) disturbance

una conmoción social — a social upheaval

* * *

femenino

a) (Med) concussion

b) (trastorno, agitación)

el siniestro produjo una conmoción en el país — the disaster left the country in a state of shock

la noticia produjo una conmoción familiar — the news shocked the whole family

c) (Geol) shock

- conmoción cerebral

* * *

= riot, hype, the, jolt, tumult, stir, convulsion, hoopla, spin, commotion, shake.

Ex. The subjects referred to recur frequently in the writings of the 'socially committed' -- drugs, sex, racism, student unrest, riots, scandals in government, conservation, the role of women in society are among them.

Ex. However, given the hype about the networking of public libraries in the US, it is perhaps surprising to note that only 21% have some form of connection to the Internet.

Ex. The automation of the catalogue was the single most disconcerting jolt to hit modern libraries up to that time.

Ex. This volume of essays looks to the formative processes that have shaped human relations in the midst of this century's tumult of wars, revolutions, and international confrontation.

Ex. With all this stir on accountability, the process of evaluation needs objective guidelines.

Ex. Spain's transition from dictatorship to pacific and stable democracy without producing major national convulsions is remarkable.

Ex. Amid the hoopla, she hasn't forgotten its roots.

Ex. In our media saturated world of high-blown hype and suffocating spin they do their best to tell you the truth.

Ex. She pleaded, futilely, in broken French, until an elderly man, hearing the commotion, came to her rescue.

Ex. It's a very intense throbbing pain that sends her body into quivers and shakes.

----

* causar conmoción = cause + a ripple.

* * *

femenino

a) (Med) concussion

b) (trastorno, agitación)

el siniestro produjo una conmoción en el país — the disaster left the country in a state of shock

la noticia produjo una conmoción familiar — the news shocked the whole family

c) (Geol) shock

- conmoción cerebral

* * *

= riot, hype, the, jolt, tumult, stir, convulsion, hoopla, spin, commotion, shake.

Ex: The subjects referred to recur frequently in the writings of the 'socially committed' -- drugs, sex, racism, student unrest, riots, scandals in government, conservation, the role of women in society are among them.

Ex: However, given the hype about the networking of public libraries in the US, it is perhaps surprising to note that only 21% have some form of connection to the Internet.

Ex: The automation of the catalogue was the single most disconcerting jolt to hit modern libraries up to that time.

Ex: This volume of essays looks to the formative processes that have shaped human relations in the midst of this century's tumult of wars, revolutions, and international confrontation.

Ex: With all this stir on accountability, the process of evaluation needs objective guidelines.

Ex: Spain's transition from dictatorship to pacific and stable democracy without producing major national convulsions is remarkable.

Ex: Amid the hoopla, she hasn't forgotten its roots.

Ex: In our media saturated world of high-blown hype and suffocating spin they do their best to tell you the truth.

Ex: She pleaded, futilely, in broken French, until an elderly man, hearing the commotion, came to her rescue.

Ex: It's a very intense throbbing pain that sends her body into quivers and shakes.

* causar conmoción = cause + a ripple.

* * *

conmoción

feminine

1 ( Med) concussion

2

(trastorno, agitación): el siniestro produjo una profunda conmoción en el país the disaster left the country in a state of profound shock

la separación de Marujita produjo una conmoción familiar Marujita's separation caused great upset in the family

3 ( Geol) shock

Compuesto:

conmoción cerebral

concussion

* * *

conmoción sustantivo femenino
a) (Med) tb

◊ conmoción cerebral concussion

b) (trastorno, agitación):

◊ la noticia produjo una conmoción familiar the news shocked the whole family

c) (Geol) shock

conmoción sustantivo femenino
1 (emoción muy fuerte) commotion, shock
2 Med conmoción cerebral, concussion
' conmoción' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
impacto
- producir
- revuelo
English:
concussion
- ferment
- flap
- shock
- commotion
- concuss
- stir

* * *

conmoción nf

1. [física] shock

Comp
conmoción cerebral concussion;
la caída le produjo una conmoción cerebral he suffered concussion as a result of the fall

2. [psíquica] shock;

su muerte causó conmoción a la familia his death left the family in a state of shock

3. [tumulto] upheaval

4. [sísmica] shock

* * *

conmoción

f

1 shock

2 ( agitación) upheaval

* * *

conmoción nf, pl - ciones

1) : shock, upheaval

2) or

conmoción cerebral : concussion

* * *

conmoción n shock

Spanish-English dictionary > conmoción

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

См. также в других словарях:

Relations between the Catholic Church and the state — The relations between the Catholic Church and the state have been constantly evolving with various forms of government, some of them controversial in retrospect. In its history it has had to deal with various concepts and systems of governance,… … Wikipedia

All-India Muslim League — Leader Aga Khan III (first Honorary President) Quaid e Azam Founded December 30, 1906 Dacca, Bengal Presidency, British India Headquarters Lucknow (first headquarters) … Wikipedia

All Rights Reserved Literacy Journal Association — is a Canadian non profit organization whose mission is to provide a voice to the artistic community while actively participating in literacy initiatives. The journal publishes works of fiction, non fiction, poetry, and visual arts. The journal… … Wikipedia

All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam — Infobox Indian Political Party party name = All India Anna Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam party leader = Jayalalithaa Jayaram foundation = MG Ramachandran, October 17, 1972 alliance = None ideology = Social Democratic/Populist publication = Dr.Namathu … Wikipedia

Laos–Vietnam relations — Relations with Vietnam had secretly set the strategy for the Lao People s Revolutionary Party (LPRP) during the struggle to achieve full power, and the sudden opportunity to establish the Lao People s Democratic Republic in 1975 left no leeway to … Wikipedia

All Due Respect (The Wire episode) — Infobox The Wire episode caption = episode name = All Due Respect episode no = 27 epigraph = There s never been a paper bag. Colvin teleplay = Richard Price story = David Simon and Richard Price writer = director = Steve Shill guest star = see… … Wikipedia

All Saints GAC — Infobox GAA club club gaa = All Saints GAC irish = Naomh Uile CLG crest = founded = 1975 county = Antrim province=Ulster nickname = The Saints colours = Black and White grounds =Slemish Park pattern la= blackshoulders|pattern b=|pattern ra=… … Wikipedia

all wet — adjective a) Thoroughly soaked; drenched. When I came home, I found a common looking person, all wet and muddy. b) Utterly incorrect; erroneous; uninformed. The lull gave Johnson a chance to show such critics as Canadas Prime Minister Lester… … Wiktionary

international relations — a branch of political science dealing with the relations between nations. [1970 75] * * * Study of the relations of states with each other and with international organizations and certain subnational entities (e.g., bureaucracies and political… … Universalium

industrial relations — 1. the dealings or relations of an industrial concern with its employees, with labor in general, with the public, etc. 2. the administration of such relations, esp. to maintain goodwill for an industrial concern. [1900 05] * * * Introduction also … Universalium

Iran–Arab relations — Iranian–Arab relations have always been very mixed. Within the Middle East historical conflicts have always colored neighbouring Arab countries perceptions about Iran. At times peacefully coexisting, while at other times in bitter conflict. North … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

all my relations came

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

all my relations came

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: